# CommandSection

title: EMULATOR STATE PRESERVATION
content:
When an emulator is stopped gracefully (without <b>--force</b>), its last state is typically saved, allowing for a quicker resume on subsequent starts. Forceful termination, however, might discard the last session's state, requiring a fresh boot on the next launch.


title: SYSTEM RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
content:
Stopping emulators is crucial for effective system resource management, as running emulator instances can consume significant amounts of RAM and CPU. Terminating them when not in use frees up these resources for other tasks.


title: HISTORY
content:
The Sailfish OS SDK, including its emulator management tools, has evolved alongside the Sailfish OS itself, which was officially launched in 2013 by Jolla. The <b>sfdk</b> command-line interface provides a unified way to interact with the SDK components, succeeding earlier, potentially more fragmented tools. The <b>emulator-stop</b> subcommand has been a fundamental part of the SDK's lifecycle management for emulators since its early iterations, ensuring developers could efficiently manage their virtual test environments. Its consistent inclusion reflects the importance of robust emulator control for mobile application development.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
The <b>sfdk-engine</b> is generally not invoked directly by end-users. It runs as a background service or is launched and managed by the <b>sfdk</b> command-line tool.<br><br>To manage the engine via the <b>sfdk</b> frontend:<br><i><b>sfdk engine start</b></i><br><i><b>sfdk engine stop</b></i><br><i><b>sfdk engine status</b></i><br><br>When launched internally by <b>sfdk</b> or as a system service, its invocation might involve internal flags or configuration. A typical internal or service-level invocation might look like:<br><i><b>sfdk-engine --daemon --port=20000 --config=/path/to/config.xml</b></i><br>(Note: Direct invocation with these flags is typically for internal SDK processes or system service configurations, not common user interaction.)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--daemon</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Internal/Service use)</i> Runs the engine as a background daemon.<br><br><b>--port=<port></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Internal/Service use)</i> Specifies the TCP port for communication (default is typically 20000).<br><br><b>--config=<file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Internal/Service use)</i> Specifies the path to the engine's configuration file.<br><br><b>--verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Internal/Debugging)</i> Increases the verbosity of log output.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Internal/Debugging)</i> Displays help information for direct invocation (limited).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sfdk-engine</b> is the core backend component of the Sailfish OS Software Development Kit (SDK). It operates as a daemon or background service, providing essential functionalities for developing applications for Sailfish OS. Its primary responsibilities include managing SDK targets (like virtual machines or remote devices), handling device connections (via SSH or ADB), managing build environments, and facilitating deployment processes. Users typically interact with <b>sfdk-engine</b> indirectly through the <b>sfdk</b> command-line frontend tool, which sends commands to the running engine. It handles complex operations such as toolchain setup, emulator management, and file transfers between the host development machine and the target device or emulator. It abstracts away many low-level details, allowing developers to focus on application development.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>sfdk-engine</b> is an <i>internal component</i> of the Sailfish OS SDK. Direct user interaction with <b>sfdk-engine</b> via command-line arguments is generally not intended or supported for regular development workflows.</li><li>Misconfiguring or manually tampering with <b>sfdk-engine</b> can lead to the SDK malfunctioning or becoming unstable.</li><li>Its behavior and internal parameters can change with SDK updates without explicit user-facing documentation.</li></ul>


title: MANAGEMENT BY SFDK FRONTEND
content:
The most common way to manage the <b>sfdk-engine</b> is through the <b>sfdk</b> command-line tool. Commands like <i><b>sfdk engine start</b></i>, <i><b>sfdk engine stop</b></i>, <i><b>sfdk engine status</b></i>, and <i><b>sfdk engine restart</b></i> are designed for robust control of the engine's lifecycle, ensuring proper initialization and shutdown.


title: COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL
content:
The <b>sfdk-engine</b> typically communicates over a local TCP port (default 20000) with the <b>sfdk</b> frontend. This client-server architecture allows the engine to run independently in the background, serving requests from multiple <b>sfdk</b> instances or IDEs.


title: INTEGRATION WITH IDES
content:
Development environments like Qt Creator, when configured for Sailfish OS development, also leverage <b>sfdk-engine</b> via the <b>sfdk</b> tool to manage build kits, deploy applications, and debug processes on target devices.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>sfdk-engine</b> has been a fundamental part of the Sailfish OS SDK since its early iterations. It evolved alongside the SDK and the Sailfish OS itself, adapting to new development paradigms, device architectures, and operating system versions. Its purpose has consistently been to provide a stable and unified backend for managing the complex interplay between the developer's host machine and various Sailfish OS targets (emulators, virtual machines, physical devices). It abstracts the underlying build and deployment mechanisms, allowing <b>sfdk</b> to provide a consistent user experience regardless of the specific development setup.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>--non-interactive</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables interactive prompts, making it suitable for automated or scripted installations.<br><br><b><i>--accept-license</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically accepts the Sailfish OS SDK license agreement without requiring user confirmation.<br><br><b><i>--target-dir &lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the absolute path to the directory where the Sailfish OS SDK will be installed.<br><br><b><i>--installer-cache-dir &lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a specific directory to cache downloaded installer files and components, useful for offline installations or reducing repeated downloads.<br><br><b><i>--mirror &lt;url&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative URL to use as a download mirror for SDK components, useful for faster downloads or specific network configurations.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sfdk-init</b> command is an essential tool within the Sailfish OS SDK, primarily used to initialize and configure your development environment. Its main purpose is to set up the necessary components, such as the build engine (often container-based), toolchains, and target platforms, required for developing applications or porting Sailfish OS to new devices.<br><br>When executed, <b>sfdk-init</b> typically guides the user through an interactive setup process, ensuring that the SDK is ready for use. This includes downloading required components, configuring installation paths, and setting up build targets. It streamlines the initial setup, making it easier for developers to start building and testing Sailfish OS software efficiently.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is specific to the Sailfish OS SDK and is not a standard Linux utility. It requires an active internet connection to download necessary components during the initial setup. The installation can consume significant disk space and time, depending on the selected components and network speed.


title: INTERACTIVE SETUP
content:
By default, <b>sfdk-init</b> runs interactively, guiding the user through questions regarding installation paths, components to install, and license agreements. This interactive mode ensures a user-friendly setup experience, especially for new developers.


title: SDK STRUCTURE
content:
Upon successful initialization, <b>sfdk-init</b> establishes the complex directory structure for the SDK. This typically includes the main SDK tools, build engines (often managed via Podman containers for isolation), various cross-compilation toolchains, and pre-built target platforms for different Sailfish OS releases and hardware architectures, enabling a complete development environment.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>sfdk-init</b> emerged as a core component of the Sailfish OS SDK, provided by Jolla Ltd. Its development has paralleled the growth of the Sailfish OS ecosystem, aiming to simplify and standardize the setup process for developers. It has been a cornerstone of the SDK since its inception, adapting to new underlying technologies (such as the shift towards container-based build engines like Podman) to ensure a robust and isolated development environment.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>sfdk-maintain</b> [<i>global_options</i>] <i>command</i> [<i>command_options</i>] [<i>arguments</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>update</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks for and installs updates for all installed Sailfish OS SDK components, including SDK tools, build engines, targets, and toolchains.<br><br><b><b>list</b> [<i>components</i>|<i>updates</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists installed SDK components or available updates. Specify '<i>components</i>' to see what's currently installed, or '<i>updates</i>' to see what can be updated.<br><br><b><b>install</b> <i>&lt;component_name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Installs a specified SDK component, such as a new build target (e.g., <i>sailfishos-target-armv7hl</i>), a toolchain, or an emulator.<br><br><b><b>remove</b> <i>&lt;component_name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Removes an installed SDK component from the system. Use with caution as this may affect projects relying on the removed component.<br><br><b><b>doctor</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs a diagnostic check on the SDK installation, identifying potential issues or misconfigurations that might hinder development.<br><br><b><b>--help</b>, <b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message with available commands and options for <b>sfdk-maintain</b>.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the version information of the <b>sfdk-maintain</b> tool.<br><br><b><b>--verbose</b>, <b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, providing more detailed information about the operations being performed.<br><br><b><b>--non-interactive</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs the command in non-interactive mode, suitable for scripting. It will not prompt for user input.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sfdk-maintain</b> command is a crucial utility within the Sailfish OS SDK, designed for managing and maintaining the SDK installation itself. It allows developers to perform various administrative tasks, ensuring the SDK components are up-to-date and correctly configured. This command-line tool simplifies the process of installing new build targets, toolchains, emulators, and other essential SDK components, as well as updating existing ones or removing them when no longer needed.<br><br>It interacts directly with the SDK's internal structure and component repositories, fetching and applying updates from official sources. Beyond component management, <b>sfdk-maintain</b> also provides diagnostic capabilities, helping users identify and resolve common issues that might arise within their SDK environment. It's an indispensable tool for anyone developing applications for Sailfish OS, ensuring a stable and functional development setup.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>sfdk-maintain</b> often requires an active internet connection to download and install updates or new components.<br>Some operations, especially installing or removing core SDK components, might require root privileges or running the command via <i>sudo</i>, depending on how the SDK was installed and configured.<br>Interrupting an update or installation process can leave the SDK in an inconsistent state, potentially requiring manual repair or reinstallation.


title: COMPONENT TYPES
content:
<b>sfdk-maintain</b> manages various types of components including:<br><i>Toolchains</i>: Compilers and build tools for specific architectures.<br><i>Build Targets</i>: Device-specific SDKs that include headers and libraries for different Sailfish OS versions and architectures.<br><i>Emulators</i>: Virtual devices for testing applications without physical hardware.<br><i>SDK Tools</i>: Core utilities and supporting applications for development.


title: USAGE CONTEXT
content:
This command is primarily used by developers working with Sailfish OS. It is typically invoked from the command line within the SDK's environment or from a terminal on the host system where the SDK is installed. Its functions are essential for setting up new development environments, keeping them current, and troubleshooting issues.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>sfdk-maintain</b> command is an integral part of the Sailfish OS SDK, which is developed by Jolla Ltd. Its evolution is closely tied to the development of Sailfish OS itself and the SDK tools provided for developers. It was introduced as a robust command-line interface to manage the increasingly complex set of components required for Sailfish OS development, moving beyond simpler update scripts to a more unified and user-friendly maintenance utility.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>[OPTIONS]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Any options provided are typically passed directly to the underlying <b>make</b> command. These can include flags like <b>-j</b> for parallel compilation, <b>-C</b> to change directory, or variable assignments like <b>VAR=VALUE</b>.<br><br><b>[MAKE_TARGETS]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more targets that <b>make</b> should build or operate on. Common targets include <b>all</b> (the default build target), <b>install</b> (to install built components), <b>clean</b> (to remove object files and executables), or <b>distclean</b> (to remove all generated files, including configuration artifacts).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sfdk-make</i> is a specialized command-line utility provided as part of the <b>Sailfish OS SDK</b>. It acts as a wrapper around the standard <b>make</b> build tool, specifically designed to simplify the compilation of applications, libraries, and components for Sailfish OS devices and emulators. Its primary role is to set up the correct cross-compilation environment, including toolchains, sysroots, and environment variables, before invoking <b>make</b>. This abstraction allows developers to use familiar <b>Makefile</b>-based build processes while seamlessly targeting different Sailfish OS architectures (e.g., ARM, AARCH64) and versions without manually configuring complex build environments. It's typically invoked within the SDK's build engine or chroot environment, ensuring that projects are built with the exact toolchain and dependencies required by the Sailfish OS target.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>sfdk-make</i> is not a standard Linux command and requires the <b>Sailfish OS SDK</b> to be installed and configured. It is primarily intended for use within the SDK's build engine (e.g., inside an <b>sfdk chroot</b> session or as part of an <b>sfdk build</b> workflow) for cross-compilation. Using it outside this environment will likely fail due to missing toolchains and dependencies. Debugging build issues often involves understanding <b>make</b> and the specific project's build system (e.g., <b>CMake</b>, <b>QMake</b>).


title: CONTEXT OF USE
content:
<i>sfdk-make</i> is almost exclusively used within the <b>Sailfish OS SDK's</b> integrated build environment. Developers typically execute it from within an <b>sfdk chroot</b> session, or it is automatically invoked by higher-level <b>sfdk</b> commands like <b>sfdk build</b> when compiling a project. This ensures that the build process utilizes the correct compilers, libraries, and headers for the target Sailfish OS device or emulator.


title: BUILD SYSTEM INTEGRATION
content:
While <i>sfdk-make</i> directly invokes <b>make</b>, many Sailfish OS projects use higher-level build system generators like <b>CMake</b> or <b>QMake</b> to produce their <b>Makefiles</b>. In such cases, the typical workflow involves running <b>sfdk-cmake</b> or <b>sfdk-qmake</b> first to generate the <b>Makefiles</b>, followed by <i>sfdk-make</i> to compile the project.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>sfdk-make</i> was introduced as part of the <b>Sailfish OS SDK</b>, developed by Jolla Ltd., to provide a streamlined build experience for developers targeting the Sailfish OS platform. Its development has mirrored the evolution of the SDK itself, adapting to new Sailfish OS versions, architectures, and build requirements. The command serves as a crucial component in abstracting the complexities of cross-compilation environments, making it easier for developers to leverage existing <b>Makefile</b>-based projects within the SDK's specialized build context.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>MAKE_TARGETS_AND_OPTIONS</i>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Any arguments passed to <b>sfdk-make-install</b> are typically forwarded directly to the underlying <b>make</b> command. This allows developers to specify custom build targets (e.g., <i>all</i>, <i>clean</i>, <i>install</i>, <i>debug</i>, <i>release</i>) or pass specific <b>make</b> options (e.g., <i>-jN</i> for parallel compilation, <i>V=1</i> for verbose output, <i>--prefix=PATH</i> to override installation paths if supported by the project's <i>Makefile</i>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sfdk-make-install</b> command is a specialized utility provided within the Sailfish OS Software Development Kit (SDK). It acts as a wrapper around standard build tools, primarily <b>make</b> and <b>install</b>, to streamline the compilation and installation process for applications and components targeting the Sailfish OS platform. This command is typically executed within the SDK's build environment, which handles cross-compilation and dependencies for the target architecture.<br><br>It automates the steps of invoking <b>make</b> to build the project and then performing an installation, usually into the SDK's target root filesystem or a designated staging area. This simplifies the development workflow by abstracting away the complexities of managing build flags and installation paths specific to the Sailfish OS build system. It is not a general-purpose Linux command and is designed exclusively for use within the Sailfish OS SDK context.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>sfdk-make-install</b> command is specific to the Sailfish OS SDK. It will not work without the SDK being properly installed and its environment sourced. It assumes the presence of a <i>Makefile</i> (or similar build system output like <i>build.ninja</i>) in the current working directory, which the command will use to build and install the project. Its behavior is entirely dependent on the project's own build system configuration.


title: TYPICAL WORKFLOW
content:
Developers using the Sailfish OS SDK often navigate to their project directory (which contains a <i>Makefile</i> or the output of <b>cmake</b>/<b>qmake</b>), source the SDK environment, and then execute <b>sfdk-make-install</b>. For instance, <i>sfdk-make-install</i> without arguments often defaults to building and installing the project, similar to running <i>make && make install</i>. Developers might also use <i>sfdk-make-install clean</i> to clean the build directory or <i>sfdk-make-install -j4</i> to speed up compilation on multi-core systems.


title: UNDERLYING MECHANISM
content:
Behind the scenes, <b>sfdk-make-install</b> typically sets up the necessary environment variables for cross-compilation (e.g., compiler paths, flags for the target architecture), potentially chroots into a target rootfs, and then executes <b>make</b> with the provided arguments. The installation step often places files into the SDK's target root filesystem, preparing them for packaging (e.g., into an RPM file) or for testing on an emulator/device.


title: HISTORY
content:
While specific historical development details of <b>sfdk-make-install</b> are not publicly documented, it likely emerged as a convenience script within the Sailfish OS SDK to simplify the common developer workflow of building and installing projects for the Sailfish OS target environment. Its design reflects the need to abstract complex cross-compilation and target-specific installation steps, allowing developers to use familiar <b>make</b> commands without needing to manually configure SDK paths or toolchains.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
sfdk-package <I>command</I> [flags]<br><br><I>Common commands would include:</I><br><b>sfdk-package create</b> --name <I>packageName</I> --description <I>description</I> --path <I>path</I><br><b>sfdk-package version create</b> --package <I>packageName</I> --installation-key-bypass --wait <I>minutes</I><br><b>sfdk-package version install</b> --package <I>packageVersionId</I> --target-org <I>orgAlias</I> --wait <I>minutes</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--name <I>packageName</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The desired name for the Salesforce package.<br><br><b>--description <I>description</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An optional textual description for the package.<br><br><b>--path <I>path</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The file system path to the directory containing the package's source metadata.<br><br><b>--package <I>packageAliasOrId</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The package alias or ID (0Ho ID for package, 04t ID for package version) to operate on, e.g., during version creation or installation.<br><br><b>--version-number <I>major.minor.patch.build</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a particular version number for a package version, overriding default auto-increment.<br><br><b>--installation-key-bypass</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Used with managed packages to skip the requirement for an installation key during version creation.<br><br><b>--target-dev-hub <I>devHubAlias</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The alias or username of the Dev Hub org where the package operations (like creating versions) will be performed.<br><br><b>--target-org <I>orgAlias</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The alias or username of the Salesforce organization where the package version will be installed.<br><br><b>--wait <I>minutes</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The maximum number of minutes to wait for the command to complete before timing out.<br><br><b>--json</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs the command results in machine-readable JSON format.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>sfdk-package</I> command, though not a standard Linux utility, is conceptualized as a tool within a Salesforce Development Kit (SDK) environment, likely an alias or wrapper for <B>sf package</B> or older <B>sfdx force:package</B> commands. It would be designed to manage Salesforce second-generation packages (2GP), which are modular, versioned, and source-driven units of metadata and code. These packages are fundamental for modern Salesforce development, enabling modular application building, dependency management, and streamlined deployment across different Salesforce organizations. The command would facilitate the entire package lifecycle, including creating packages, managing package versions, and installing them into scratch orgs, sandboxes, or production environments. Its primary goal would be to support agile development practices by ensuring consistent and reliable package deployment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The command <B>sfdk-package</B> is not a standard, publicly documented Linux command, nor is it a direct subcommand of the official Salesforce CLI (<B>sf</B> or deprecated <B>sfdx</B>). It is highly likely to be either: <BR>1. A custom shell script or alias created by a user or organization to simplify Salesforce package operations. <BR>2. A reference to an older, internal, or less common Salesforce Development Kit utility that is not widely distributed or documented. <BR>Users seeking to perform Salesforce package management should typically use the <B>sf package</B> commands (e.g., <B>sf package create</B>, <B>sf package version create</B>) from the official Salesforce CLI.


title: PACKAGE TYPES
content:
Salesforce second-generation packages come in two main types: <B>unlocked packages</B> (for internal, modular development and deployments) and <B>managed packages</B> (for ISVs to distribute and sell apps on AppExchange). The commands would differentiate operations based on these types.<BR><BR>Another, older type is <B>unmanaged packages</B>, which are simple containers for moving metadata but lack versioning or upgrade capabilities.


title: DEV HUB REQUIREMENT
content:
To create and manage Salesforce second-generation packages and their versions, a Salesforce org designated as a <B>Dev Hub</B> is required. This Dev Hub org acts as the central repository for package metadata and definitions. Package versions are created against this Dev Hub.


title: HISTORY
content:
Salesforce package management has evolved significantly. Initially, Salesforce offered first-generation packages (1GP), which were less flexible. With the advent of Salesforce DX, second-generation packages (2GP) were introduced, emphasizing source-driven development, modularity, and version control. The Salesforce CLI transitioned from <B>sfdx</B> to the more concise <B>sf</B> command, consolidating many functionalities. A command named <I>sfdk-package</I> would conceptually fit into the lineage of tools designed to streamline 2GP development and deployment, likely as an abstraction or wrapper around these evolving official CLI capabilities.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message and exits. This option provides information on available command-line arguments and their usage.<br><br><b><b>--reconfigure</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs the script to reconfigure an existing Sailfish OS SDK setup. This can be useful for repairing a corrupted environment or applying new configurations.<br><br><b><b>--non-interactive</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs the preparation process without user interaction. This is useful for scripting SDK setups in automated environments where manual prompts are undesirable.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sfdk-prepare</i> is a crucial utility script within the <B>Sailfish OS SDK</B> (Software Development Kit). Its primary purpose is to automate and streamline the initial setup and ongoing preparation of the SDK development environment. This typically involves downloading and configuring essential components such as: <br><br> <ul><li><b>Toolchains:</b> Compilers, debuggers, and libraries specific to Sailfish OS architecture.</li><li><b>Emulator Images:</b> Virtual device images (often QEMU-based) that allow developers to run and test applications without physical hardware.</li><li><b>Virtual Machine Images:</b> For the SDK's build engine (e.g., a Mer SDK chroot or a specific tooling VM).</li><li><b>Dependency Resolution:</b> Ensuring all necessary system-level dependencies for building Sailfish OS applications are met.</li></ul><br>By executing <i>sfdk-prepare</i>, developers can ensure their environment is correctly configured and ready for building, testing, and packaging applications for the Sailfish OS platform, significantly simplifying the setup process which would otherwise be complex and manual.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li>This command is specific to the <B>Sailfish OS SDK</B> and will not function outside of its installed environment.</li><li>Requires a stable and active internet connection for downloading necessary toolchains, emulator images, and other components.</li><li>Insufficient disk space or incorrect file permissions can lead to preparation failures.</li><li>The exact behavior and available options may vary slightly between different versions of the Sailfish OS SDK.</li><li>While <i>sfdk-prepare</i> is a script, much of its functionality is now often managed or invoked via the <b>sfdk prepare</b> subcommand of the main <b>sfdk</b> CLI tool.</li></ul>


title: EXECUTION CONTEXT
content:
<i>sfdk-prepare</i> is typically executed either automatically by the Sailfish OS SDK installer during the initial setup, or manually by a user directly from the terminal. When run manually, it's usually invoked from within the SDK's root directory or its <b>bin</b> subdirectory, ensuring it has access to necessary configuration files and internal scripts.


title: COMPONENTS PREPARED
content:
The 'preparation' conducted by <i>sfdk-prepare</i> goes beyond just installing files. It sets up complete development environments, including cross-compilation toolchains for ARM and Aarch64 architectures, virtual machine images for the SDK build engine (e.g., <B>Mer SDK</B> or <B>Jolla SDK</B> chroots), and QEMU-based virtual devices for application testing, ensuring a comprehensive developer experience.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>sfdk-prepare</i> has been an integral part of the Sailfish OS SDK Helper tools since the early stages of the SDK's development. It was designed to encapsulate the complex initial setup steps into a single, user-friendly script. Over time, as the <b>sfdk</b> command-line utility matured, much of the 'prepare' functionality became accessible via the <b>sfdk prepare</b> subcommand, offering a more unified interface. However, the <i>sfdk-prepare</i> script itself often remains as a foundational component, particularly for bootstrapping or deep reconfigurations of the SDK environment.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>sfdk-qmake</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>project_file</i> | <i>source_directory</i>]<br><i>Note: Many standard qmake options are supported and passed through.</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>project_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the Qt project file (<i>.pro</i>) to be processed. If omitted, <b>sfdk-qmake</b> usually searches for a <i>.pro</i> file in the current directory.<br><br><b><i>source_directory</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A directory containing the <i>.pro</i> file. If specified, <b>sfdk-qmake</b> will change into this directory to find the project file.<br><br><b>-o <i>file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the name of the output Makefile. By default, <b>qmake</b> generates a file named <i>Makefile</i>.<br><br><b>-spec <i>spec</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the platform and compiler combination to use. For <b>sfdk-qmake</b>, this is often pre-configured by the SDK, but can be overridden (e.g., <i>linux-g++</i> for host builds or specific Sailfish targets).<br><br><b>-config <i>config</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds one or more configuration options to the project (e.g., <i>release</i>, <i>debug</i>, <i>staticlib</i>). Multiple configurations can be separated by spaces.<br><br><b>-recursive</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs <b>qmake</b> to process <i>.pro</i> files in subdirectories, useful for projects with multiple modules.<br><br><b>-Wall</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Turns on all warnings when generating build files, making the compiler stricter.<br><br><b>--sdk <i>SDK_TARGET</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>(Hypothetical, but common for SDK wrappers)</i> Specifies which installed Sailfish OS SDK target environment should be used for configuration. This ensures the correct toolchain and libraries are selected.<br><br><b>-set <i>VAR VALUE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a project variable <i>VAR</i> to <i>VALUE</i>, overriding any definitions in the <i>.pro</i> file or environment.<br><br><b>-query <i>VAR</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Queries the value of a project variable <i>VAR</i> without generating build files.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sfdk-qmake</b> command is an integral part of the Sailfish OS SDK, designed to streamline the process of configuring Qt-based projects for development and deployment on Sailfish OS devices and emulators. It acts as a specialized wrapper or invocation of the standard <i>qmake</i> tool, tailoring its operations to the specific cross-compilation environment provided by the SDK.<br><br>When invoked, <b>sfdk-qmake</b> interprets the project's <i>.pro</i> file, ensuring that the generated build files (typically Makefiles) correctly reference the SDK's compilers, libraries, Qt versions, and platform-specific settings. This crucial step prepares the application source code for successful compilation within the Sailfish OS build system, abstracting away much of the complexity associated with cross-platform development.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Proper functioning of <b>sfdk-qmake</b> is contingent upon a correctly installed and configured Sailfish OS SDK environment. Issues with SDK setup, missing toolchains, or incorrect paths can lead to configuration errors.<br><br>While it wraps <i>qmake</i>, not all arbitrary <i>qmake</i> options might be fully compatible or recommended, as <b>sfdk-qmake</b> is tailored for the Sailfish OS build system. Developers should refer to Sailfish OS SDK documentation for specific recommendations.


title: INTEGRATION WITH SAILFISH OS BUILD FLOW
content:
<b>sfdk-qmake</b> is typically the first step in the manual build process for a Sailfish OS application. After successfully running <b>sfdk-qmake</b> to generate Makefiles, the subsequent step usually involves invoking <i>make</i> (or <i>ninja</i>) to compile the project. Finally, tools like <b>sfdk deploy</b> or <b>sfdk install</b> are used to transfer and install the compiled application onto a target device or emulator.


title: UNDERSTANDING THE .PRO FILE
content:
The <i>.pro</i> file is the primary input for <b>sfdk-qmake</b>. It contains all project-specific settings, source files, headers, libraries, and Qt modules required. <b>sfdk-qmake</b> interprets these directives within the context of the active Sailfish OS SDK, resolving paths and dependencies to ensure a successful cross-compilation.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>sfdk-qmake</b> command emerged as a critical component alongside the release of the Sailfish OS SDK, designed to facilitate native application development for the platform. It builds upon the well-established <i>qmake</i> build system from the Qt framework, adapting it for the unique cross-compilation and deployment needs of Sailfish OS. Its development has closely mirrored the evolution of Sailfish OS itself and the underlying Qt versions supported by the SDK, becoming an indispensable tool for developers targeting Jolla devices.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--plugin</b> <i>&lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to a QML plugin (e.g., an <code>.so</code> file or directory) to be analyzed for exported QML types.<br><br><b><b>--module</b> <i>&lt;name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a QML module name to analyze. The tool will attempt to locate and inspect the module based on standard QML import paths.<br><br><b><b>--list-types</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs a list of all detected QML types, including their module, version, and type name, found during the analysis.<br><br><b><b>--list-plugins</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs a list of QML plugins that were found and processed, along with their associated modules.<br><br><b><b>--json</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Formats the output in JSON, which is useful for programmatic parsing and integration into automated workflows.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a concise help message detailing command usage and available options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sfdk-qmltypes</i> is a specialized utility within the Sailfish OS SDK, designed to analyze and present information about QML types. It enables developers to inspect QML modules, plugins, and applications to understand which QML types they export, import, or make available to the QML engine. This command is invaluable for verifying correct QML module registration, debugging type resolution issues, and ensuring that all necessary QML components are properly exposed and discoverable within the QML type system. Developers typically use it during the build and packaging process to confirm that their QML-based applications and libraries correctly expose their interfaces, facilitating smooth integration and operation on Sailfish OS devices.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The accuracy of <i>sfdk-qmltypes</i> depends on the correct environment setup, particularly the QML import paths. If the tool cannot locate the necessary QML modules or plugins, it may report incomplete or no type information. It primarily analyzes compiled QML plugins and registered modules, not raw QML files directly without a module context.


title: USAGE CONTEXT
content:
This command is typically used by developers building Sailfish OS applications that utilize QML. It assists in verifying that QML plugins correctly expose their types, preventing runtime errors related to missing or unregistered components. It's often integrated into build scripts to automate QML type verification.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>sfdk-qmltypes</i> is an integral part of the Sailfish OS SDK, evolving alongside the SDK's development. Its introduction reflects the growing importance of robust QML tooling for application development on Sailfish OS, providing developers with dedicated capabilities to manage and verify QML type systems, which are foundational to Qt and QML-based applications.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
As a non-standard command, the exact synopsis for <i>sfdk-scrape</i> would vary based on its specific implementation. However, a typical syntax for a data scraping utility might look like this:<br><br><b>sfdk-scrape</b> <i>[OPTIONS]</i> <b>&lt;TARGET&gt;</b><br><br><i>&lt;TARGET&gt;</i>: The source from which to scrape data, such as a URL, an API endpoint, a file path, or an identifier for a specific system/resource.<br><i>[OPTIONS]</i>: Optional flags or arguments to control the scraping process, output format, authentication, or other behaviors.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--output &lt;FILE&gt;</b> or <b>-o &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to an output file where the scraped data should be saved.<br><br><b><b>--format &lt;FORMAT&gt;</b> or <b>-f &lt;FORMAT&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the desired output format for the extracted data (e.g., <i>json</i>, <i>csv</i>, <i>xml</i>, <i>plain</i>).<br><br><b><b>--verbose</b> or <b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, showing more details about the scraping process, progress, or errors.<br><br><b><b>--authenticate &lt;CREDENTIALS&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides authentication details (e.g., API keys, tokens, username/password) required to access the target source.<br><br><b><b>--selector &lt;EXPRESSION&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a CSS selector, XPath expression, or similar pattern to identify and extract specific data elements from the target.<br><br><b><b>--limit &lt;NUMBER&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a limit on the number of items or records to scrape.<br><br><b><b>--depth &lt;NUMBER&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;For targets with nested content (like websites with links), defines the maximum depth to follow links for scraping.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command <i>sfdk-scrape</i> is not a standard Linux utility but rather appears to be a custom script or application designed for data extraction, commonly known as 'scraping'.<br><br>The 'sfdk' prefix likely indicates a specific domain, system, or development kit from which data is intended to be scraped. This could refer to a proprietary system, a specific API, or even a custom internal framework (e.g., Salesforce Development Kit, although 'sfdx' is the more common abbreviation for Salesforce CLI).<br><br>Its primary function would be to connect to a specified data source (e.g., a website, an API endpoint, a database), parse the content, extract relevant information based on predefined rules or patterns, and then output that data in a structured format (e.g., CSV, JSON, XML). The exact capabilities and behavior of <i>sfdk-scrape</i> would depend entirely on its implementation by the developers who created it.


title: CAVEATS
content:
It is crucial to understand that <i>sfdk-scrape</i> is <b>not a standard Linux command</b> distributed with operating systems. It is most likely a custom script, application, or internal tool. Therefore:<br><br><b>Availability:</b> It will only be available on systems where it has been specifically installed or developed.<br><b>Functionality:</b> Its exact behavior, options, and arguments depend entirely on how it was programmed. The information provided here is based on common patterns for data scraping tools and should be considered illustrative rather than definitive.<br><b>Legality/Ethics:</b> Data scraping can have legal and ethical implications. Always ensure you have permission from the data source owner and comply with their terms of service, robots.txt, and applicable laws (e.g., GDPR, CCPA) before scraping data.<br><b>Security:</b> Running unknown scripts can pose security risks. Always ensure the source of <i>sfdk-scrape</i> is trusted before executing it.


title: POTENTIAL USE CASES
content:
Given its name, <i>sfdk-scrape</i> could be used for:<br><i>Automating data collection from web pages or APIs.</i><br><i>Monitoring changes on specific online resources.</i><br><i>Collecting public data for analysis or research.</i><br><i>Migrating data from legacy systems or external services.</i><br><i>Populating internal databases with external information.</i>


title: IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS
content:
A custom scraping tool like <i>sfdk-scrape</i> would typically be implemented using programming languages popular for scripting and web interactions, such as <i>Python</i> (with libraries like Requests, BeautifulSoup, Scrapy), <i>Node.js</i> (with Cheerio, Puppeteer), <i>Ruby</i>, or <i>Go</i>. It would need to handle aspects like HTTP requests, HTML/JSON parsing, error handling, rate limiting, and potentially CAPTCHAs or JavaScript rendering.


title: HISTORY
content:
As a non-standard, likely custom command, <i>sfdk-scrape</i> does not have a public or widely documented history. Its development and usage history would be specific to the project, organization, or individual who created and maintains it. It would have originated to fulfill a specific data extraction need within that particular context.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
curl(1), wget(1), grep(1), awk(1), sed(1), jq(1), xmlstarlet(1), python(1) (commonly used for web scraping libraries like BeautifulSoup, Scrapy)


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
sfdk-undeploy [OPTIONS] ( <I>COMPONENT_TYPE</I>/<I>COMPONENT_NAME</I> [...] | -f <I>MANIFEST_FILE</I> )


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-t, --target-org <ALIAS|USERNAME></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the target environment or Salesforce organization alias/username for the undeploy operation.<br><br><b>-f, --manifest <PATH></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides the path to a manifest file (e.g., `package.xml`) that lists the metadata components to be undeployed.<br><br><b>-n, --name <COMPONENT_NAME></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a single component name to undeploy. Often used in conjunction with a component type.<br><br><b>-p, --path <FILE_PATH></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the file path to a specific component or a directory containing components to undeploy.<br><br><b>-v, --api-version <VERSION></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the API version for the undeploy operation, affecting how components are interpreted.<br><br><b>-q, --quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses verbose output, showing only essential information or errors.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help information and usage details for the command.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The `sfdk-undeploy` command is a specialized utility, most likely part of a custom Software Development Kit (SFDK), particularly one designed for managing deployments to a cloud platform like Salesforce. Unlike standard Linux commands, `sfdk-undeploy` is not natively available in typical operating system installations but is provided as part of a specific development environment.<br><br>Its primary function is to facilitate the removal or deletion of previously deployed metadata components, code, or configuration settings from a target environment, such as a Salesforce organization, a development sandbox, or a production instance. This process is crucial for maintaining a clean environment, rolling back changes, or decommissioning old features.<br><br>The command typically works by instructing the target platform's API (e.g., Salesforce Metadata API) to delete specified components. Users would provide details about which components to undeploy, either by listing them directly or by referencing a manifest file (like `package.xml` in Salesforce DX) that enumerates the items to be removed. Options often include specifying the target environment, authentication details, and controlling the verbosity of the operation.<br><br>Given its probable context, `sfdk-undeploy` acts as an automation layer, streamlining what would otherwise be a manual or more complex API interaction process. It's an essential tool for developers and administrators working within ecosystems that rely on structured metadata deployments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is not a standard Linux utility and is part of a specific Software Development Kit (SFDK), likely related to Salesforce or a similar cloud platform. Its exact functionality, options, and arguments depend entirely on the specific implementation of the `sfdk-undeploy` script or executable. Users should consult the documentation provided with their SFDK installation for precise usage.


title: COMMON USE CASES
content:
The `sfdk-undeploy` command is typically used for several critical operations:<br><b>Rolling Back Changes</b>: Reverting a problematic deployment by removing the introduced components.<br><b>Cleanup of Development Orgs</b>: Deleting temporary or experimental features from sandboxes after development is complete.<br><b>Decommissioning Features</b>: Permanently removing outdated or unused functionality from production environments.<br><b>Resolving Metadata Conflicts</b>: Removing specific metadata elements that are causing conflicts or errors during subsequent deployments.


title: HISTORY
content:
As `sfdk-undeploy` is likely a custom script or part of a proprietary SDK, its history is tied to the development lifecycle of that specific toolkit. It typically emerged to automate the process of removing metadata or code artifacts from a target environment, paralleling deployment capabilities. Its design would be influenced by the underlying platform's API for metadata manipulation (e.g., Salesforce Metadata API), aiming to provide a command-line interface for common administrative and development tasks.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-T <i>format</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the output format. Common formats include <b>dot</b>, <b>png</b>, <b>svg</b>, <b>pdf</b>, <b>ps</b>, etc.<br><br><b>-o <i>file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Writes the generated graph layout to the specified output <i>file</i>. If omitted, output goes to standard output.<br><br><b>-s <i>seed</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initializes the random number generator with a given <i>seed</i>, ensuring reproducible layouts for the same input graph.<br><br><b>-L <i>len</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Scales the desired edge length. A larger value tends to spread nodes out more.<br><br><b>-C</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Tells <i>sfdp</i> to use cluster information for layout. Clusters are treated as rigid bodies during the initial phases.<br><br><b>-G<i>attribute</i>=<i>value</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a default graph <i>attribute</i> (e.g., <b>-Gsplines=true</b>).<br><br><b>-N<i>attribute</i>=<i>value</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a default node <i>attribute</i> (e.g., <b>-Nshape=circle</b>).<br><br><b>-E<i>attribute</i>=<i>value</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a default edge <i>attribute</i> (e.g., <b>-Ecolor=blue</b>).<br><br><b>-x <i>xval</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the x-coordinate of the graph's center. Useful for specific placement in a larger drawing area.<br><br><b>-y <i>yval</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the y-coordinate of the graph's center.<br><br><b>-w <i>iterations</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the maximum number of iterations for the force-directed algorithm. More iterations can lead to better layouts but take longer.<br><br><b>-O <i>overlap_mode</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the overlap removal method. Options include <b>scale</b>, <b>prism</b>, <b>voronoi</b>, <b>compress</b>, etc.<br><br><b>-P</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generates a drawing that fills the page. This option can interact with other page-related attributes.<br><br><b>-q</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operates in quiet mode, suppressing non-essential messages.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the version information of <i>sfdp</i> and exits.<br><br><b>-?</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints a usage message and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sfdp</i> is a graph layout program provided by the Graphviz suite. It specializes in drawing large undirected graphs using a <i>force-directed</i> layout algorithm based on <i>stress majorization</i>. Unlike simpler force-directed algorithms, <i>sfdp</i> is designed for scalability, efficiently handling graphs with thousands or even millions of nodes and edges by employing a multilevel approach. It aims to minimize a global stress function, leading to layouts where nodes connected by edges are placed closer together, while maintaining overall graph structure and reducing overlaps. <i>sfdp</i> is particularly well-suited for visualizing complex networks, social graphs, and biological data, where the emphasis is on revealing inherent relationships and clusters within the data. It reads graph descriptions in the DOT language and outputs them in various graphical formats.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Large graphs, while <i>sfdp</i>'s specialty, can still be computationally intensive and require significant memory, especially during the force-directed layout and overlap removal phases.<br>The quality of the layout heavily depends on the graph structure and chosen parameters. Experimentation with options like <b>-L</b>, <b>-w</b>, and <b>-O</b> might be necessary to achieve desired visual results.


title: MULTILEVEL APPROACH
content:
<i>sfdp</i> employs a multilevel algorithm, which works by creating a series of coarser approximations of the graph. It lays out the coarsest graph, then successively refines the layout by adding more detail from finer graphs. This hierarchical approach significantly reduces the computational complexity for large graphs.


title: STRESS MAJORIZATION
content:
This is the core mathematical algorithm <i>sfdp</i> uses. It defines a 'stress' function that quantifies the discrepancy between ideal edge lengths (based on shortest path distances in the graph) and actual edge lengths in the layout. The algorithm iteratively adjusts node positions to minimize this stress, leading to a layout that accurately reflects the graph's underlying metric structure.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>sfdp</i> is an integral part of the Graphviz (Graph Visualization Software) project, which originated at AT&T Labs Research. It was developed to address the limitations of existing force-directed layout algorithms, such as those used by <i>neato</i> and <i>fdp</i>, when applied to very large graphs. Its development focused on leveraging <i>multilevel techniques</i> and the <i>stress majorization</i> algorithm to provide a more scalable and efficient solution, making it suitable for modern big data visualization challenges that involve extensive network analysis.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
The <i>sfdx</i> command functions as a gateway to numerous specialized Salesforce commands, typically following a <i>TOPIC:COMMAND</i> structure.<br><br><b>sfdx</b> [<i>GLOBAL_OPTIONS</i>] <i>TOPIC</i>:<i>COMMAND</i> [<i>COMMAND_OPTIONS</i>] [<i>ARGUMENTS</i>]<br><br>Example: <b>sfdx</b> <i>force:source:deploy --sourcepath force-app</i><br><br>Use <b>sfdx</b> <i>--help</i> or <b>sfdx</b> <i>TOPIC</i>:<i>COMMAND --help</i> to get specific command usage information.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--json</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs results in a machine-readable JSON format for scripting and automation.<br><br><b><b>--loglevel</b> <i>&lt;level&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the logging verbosity level for command output (e.g., <i>info</i>, <i>debug</i>, <i>error</i>).<br><br><b><b>--target-org</b> <i>&lt;aliasOrUsername&gt;</i> / <b>-o</b> <i>&lt;aliasOrUsername&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the Salesforce org (alias or username) to execute the command against. Often referred to as the default org.<br><br><b><b>--api-version</b> <i>&lt;version&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overrides the default API version used for the command's operations.<br><br><b><b>--help</b> / <b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays detailed help information for the current command or topic.<br><br><b><b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides additional output for troubleshooting and detailed command execution information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sfdx</i> (Salesforce DX CLI) is a powerful, open-source command-line interface developed by Salesforce. It empowers developers and administrators to manage Salesforce organizations, develop applications, and automate various tasks efficiently. <i>sfdx</i> serves as the primary tool for interacting with Salesforce, offering a comprehensive suite of commands for common development workflows. These include creating and managing <i>scratch orgs</i>, deploying and retrieving metadata, running Apex tests, managing data, and facilitating continuous integration/continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipelines. As an integral component of the Salesforce DX development model, it champions <i>source-driven development</i>, enhancing collaborative teamwork, and enabling robust automation. The CLI supports diverse authentication methods and seamlessly integrates with popular IDEs and version control systems, streamlining the entire Salesforce development lifecycle.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><i>sfdx</i> requires Node.js and npm for installation and ongoing use. Compatibility issues with Node.js versions can sometimes arise.</li><li>Due to its extensive functionality, <i>sfdx</i> has a steep learning curve for new users, with hundreds of commands and subcommands.</li><li>Setting up various authentication methods (Web, JWT Bearer Flow, Device Flow) can be complex but is crucial for seamless operation.</li><li>The CLI is under active development, meaning commands and flags can evolve, sometimes leading to breaking changes between versions. Regular updates are recommended.</li><li>Many commands rely on the presence of an <i>sfdx-project.json</i> file in the current working directory to define the project structure and metadata paths.</li></ul>


title: <I>SOURCE-DRIVEN DEVELOPMENT</I>
content:
<i>sfdx</i> fundamentally promotes a paradigm where your version control system (e.g., Git) serves as the single source of truth for all Salesforce metadata and code. This approach ensures consistency, facilitates team collaboration, and simplifies deployments compared to direct org modifications.


title: <I>SCRATCH ORGS</I>
content:
A key innovation enabled by <i>sfdx</i> is the concept of <i>scratch orgs</i>. These are temporary, configurable, and disposable Salesforce orgs that can be quickly provisioned and deleted. They provide isolated development environments, perfect for feature development, bug fixes, automated testing, and CI/CD pipelines, without impacting shared development sandboxes.


title: <I>EXTENSIBILITY WITH PLUGINS</I>
content:
The <i>sfdx</i> CLI is highly extensible through its plugin architecture. Developers can install official, community-contributed, or custom plugins to add new commands, integrate with external systems, or extend existing functionalities, tailoring the CLI to specific organizational needs and workflows.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>sfdx</i> CLI was officially launched in 2017 as a cornerstone of the Salesforce DX (Developer Experience) initiative. This launch marked a pivotal shift in Salesforce development practices, moving away from traditional org-driven methods like change sets and desktop IDEs (e.g., Force.com IDE) towards a more modern, source-driven, and automated workflow. <i>sfdx</i> consolidated and expanded upon functionalities previously scattered across less integrated tools and effectively superseded the older, less maintained <i>force-cli</i>. Its introduction aimed to align Salesforce development with industry-standard practices, promoting version control, automated testing, and seamless integration with Continuous Integration/Continuous Delivery (CI/CD) pipelines, thereby enhancing developer productivity and collaboration.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<i>git(1)</i>: Fundamental for <i>source-driven development</i>, used to version control Salesforce metadata., <i>npm(1)</i>: Node Package Manager, the primary tool for installing and managing <i>sfdx</i> CLI and its plugins., <i>bash(1)</i> or <i>zsh(1)</i>: Common shell environments where <i>sfdx</i> commands are executed and scripted., <i>vscode</i>: Popular code editor with robust Salesforce extensions, often used in conjunction with <i>sfdx</i>.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--fill-byte <I>byte</I>, -f <I>byte</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the hexadecimal byte value (e.g., <code>00</code>, <code>FF</code>) to use for filling gaps. The default fill byte is <code>0xFF</code>.<br><br><b>--range <I>start</I>,<I>end</I>, -r <I>start</I>,<I>end</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the inclusive memory address range (in hexadecimal, e.g., <code>1000</code>,<code>2000</code>) within which gaps should be identified and filled. If not specified, <i>sfill</i> will only fill gaps between existing records, not expand the overall data coverage.<br><br><b>--exclude <I>start</I>,<I>end</I>, -e <I>start</I>,<I>end</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an inclusive memory address range (in hexadecimal) that should be explicitly excluded from the filling process, even if it falls within the specified <code>--range</code>.<br><br><b>--enable-progress, -p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a progress indicator to the standard error output while processing large files, showing the percentage completed.<br><br><b>--verbose, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces verbose output, providing more detailed information about the processing steps and any encountered issues.<br><br><b>--help, -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a summary of command-line options and usage information.<br><br><b>--version, -V</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information of the <i>sfill</i> utility.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sfill</i> is a utility from the <b>SRecord</b> package designed to fill unoccupied memory regions (gaps) within Motorola S-Record files. S-Record files are commonly used in embedded systems development for programming microcontrollers, PROMs, or other memory devices. These files represent memory addresses and their corresponding data. <br><br>When a memory image has non-contiguous data – for instance, due to compiler optimizations that leave unused regions, or when specific areas are intentionally left blank – <i>sfill</i> can be used to populate these gaps with a specified fill byte. This ensures that the entire memory range of interest is covered, which can be critical for programming processes that require fully defined memory contents or for security purposes to avoid undefined states.<br><br>The command reads an S-Record file (from specified filenames or standard input), identifies the gaps within a defined address range, and then outputs a new S-Record file to standard output with these gaps filled by a user-defined byte (which defaults to 0xFF). It also supports excluding specific sub-ranges from the filling process.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>sfill</i> specifically operates on S-Record (Motorola SREC) formatted files. Ensure your input files are in a compatible S-Record format.<br><br>The command processes input files and writes the modified S-Record data to standard output. It is crucial to redirect this output to a new file (e.g., <code>sfill input.srec > output.srec</code>) to save the changes, as it does not modify the original file in place.<br><br>Without the <code>--range</code> option, <i>sfill</i> will only fill gaps that exist *between* already defined data records. It will not create new records for entirely empty regions outside of existing data coverage. To guarantee a fully populated memory image, always use <code>--range</code> to define the complete desired extent of the data.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>sfill</i> is an integral part of the comprehensive <b>SRecord</b> suite of tools, developed and maintained by Peter Miller. This suite was created to provide robust and flexible utilities for manipulating various EPROM and microcontroller programmer file formats, including Motorola S-Record, Intel HEX, and others. <i>sfill</i> addresses a common requirement in embedded systems development: ensuring that memory images are contiguous and fully defined for reliable device programming. Its functionality has been a stable and essential component within the <b>SRecord</b> toolset, serving the embedded community for many years.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>sftp</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>user</i>@]<i>host</i>[:<i>path</i>]<br><b>sftp</b> [<i>options</i>] <b>-b</b> <i>batchfile</i> [<i>user</i>@]<i>host</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-4</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <b>sftp</b> to use IPv4 addresses only.<br><br><b><b>-6</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <b>sftp</b> to use IPv6 addresses only.<br><br><b><b>-a</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempts to preserve access times of files during transfer.<br><br><b><b>-B</b> <i>buffer_size</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the size of the buffer used for file transfers (e.g., 32768). Larger buffers can improve transfer speeds over high-latency networks.<br><br><b><b>-b</b> <i>batchfile</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables batch mode, reading commands from the specified <i>batchfile</i> instead of standard input. This is useful for automating file transfer tasks.<br><br><b><b>-C</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables compression (via <b>ssh</b>'s <b>-C</b> option). This can be useful on slow connections but might add CPU overhead.<br><br><b><b>-i</b> <i>identity_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selects a file from which the identity (private key) for public key authentication is read. Multiple <b>-i</b> options are allowed.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <i>limit</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the used bandwidth, specified in Kbit/s.<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>port</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connects to the specified <i>port</i> on the remote host instead of the default SSH port (22).<br><br><b><b>-q</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables quiet mode, suppressing progress meters and most non-error messages from <b>sftp</b> and <b>ssh</b>.<br><br><b><b>-r</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively copy entire directories. This option is typically used with `get` and `put` commands within an interactive session, or for direct recursive transfers from the command line.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose mode. Causes <b>sftp</b> to print debugging messages about its progress. This is useful for debugging connection, authentication, and configuration problems.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>sftp</b> is a file transfer program that utilizes the <i>Secure Shell (SSH)</i> protocol for secure data transmission. It offers a command-line interface similar to the traditional <i>ftp</i> client but with the crucial security benefits of SSH, including strong encryption and robust authentication. <br><br>Users can leverage <b>sftp</b> to securely copy files between local and remote hosts, manage directories, and perform various file-related operations over an untrusted network. Unlike <b>scp</b>, which is primarily designed for straightforward file copying, <b>sftp</b> provides a more interactive session, enabling users to navigate remote file systems, list directories, change file permissions, and execute multiple commands within a single, persistent connection. <br><br>It is widely preferred for secure file transfers in both interactive sessions and automated scripts, serving as a secure replacement for the insecure <i>ftp</i> protocol.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>sftp</b> relies entirely on the underlying <i>SSH</i> protocol for security, meaning any vulnerabilities in <i>SSH</i> can affect <b>sftp</b>. <br>Unlike <i>ftp</i>, <b>sftp</b> does not natively support complex wildcard expansions directly from the shell; rather, commands like <b>mput</b> and <b>mget</b> handle multiple files with patterns within the interactive session. <br>While versatile, for very large bulk transfers or synchronization, tools like <i>rsync</i> over <i>SSH</i> might offer better performance and features.


title: INTERACTIVE COMMANDS
content:
When run without specifying a remote path for direct transfer, <b>sftp</b> enters an interactive command mode. In this mode, users can issue various commands to navigate and manipulate files on both local and remote systems, similar to a traditional FTP client. Common interactive commands include:<br><b>ls</b>: List remote directory contents.<br><b>lls</b>: List local directory contents.<br><b>cd</b>: Change remote directory.<br><b>lcd</b>: Change local directory.<br><b>get</b>: Download file from remote to local.<br><b>put</b>: Upload file from local to remote.<br><b>mget</b>: Download multiple files using wildcards.<br><b>mput</b>: Upload multiple files using wildcards.<br><b>mkdir</b>: Create remote directory.<br><b>rmdir</b>: Remove remote directory.<br><b>rm</b>: Delete remote file.<br><b>rename</b>: Rename remote file.<br><b>chmod</b>: Change remote file permissions.<br><b>chown</b>: Change remote file owner.<br><b>chgrp</b>: Change remote file group.<br><b>pwd</b>: Print remote working directory.<br><b>lpwd</b>: Print local working directory.<br><b>exit</b> or <b>bye</b>: Exit <b>sftp</b> session.


title: SECURITY FEATURES
content:
The primary advantage of <b>sftp</b> is its inherent security. All data transmitted, including usernames, passwords, commands, and file contents, is encrypted. This encryption protects against common network attacks such as eavesdropping, session hijacking, and man-in-the-middle attacks. <br><br><b>sftp</b> leverages <i>SSH</i>'s robust authentication mechanisms, supporting password-based authentication, public-key authentication (which is generally more secure), and other methods configured on the <i>SSH</i> server. This ensures that only authorized users can access and transfer files.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>SFTP</b> protocol itself is an integral part of <i>SSH Protocol Version 2</i>, providing secure file transfer capabilities as an extension to the <i>SSH</i> connection. The <b>sftp</b> client and server implementations are a core component of the <i>OpenSSH</i> suite, which was developed as a free and open-source alternative to proprietary <i>SSH</i> implementations. <br><br>Since its widespread adoption, <b>sftp</b> has largely superseded the insecure <i>ftp</i> protocol for secure file transfers on Unix-like systems, offering strong encryption and robust authentication mechanisms inherited directly from <i>SSH</i>.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>sftp-server</b> [<b>-R</b>] [<b>-f</b> <I>log_facility</I>] [<b>-l</b> <I>log_level</I>] [<b>-u</b> <I>umask</I>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-R</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables read-only mode, preventing all write, create, remove, and rename operations by the SFTP client.<br><br><b><b>-f</b> <I>log_facility</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the syslog facility code to be used when logging messages from <b>sftp-server</b>. Common values include DAEMON, USER, AUTH, LOCAL0-LOCAL7. The default is DAEMON.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <I>log_level</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the level for logging messages. Possible values range from QUIET to DEBUG3, providing increasing verbosity. The default level is INFO.<br><br><b><b>-u</b> <I>umask</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the file mode creation mask (umask) for newly created files and directories. The argument should be an octal value, for example, 022. The default is 022.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sftp-server</b> program is a critical component of the OpenSSH suite, designed to speak the <I>SFTP</I> (SSH File Transfer Protocol) to a client over a secure SSH connection. It is not intended to be run directly by users but is typically invoked as a subsystem by the <b>sshd</b> daemon when an SFTP client connects. Its primary role is to handle all file system operations requested by the SFTP client, such as listing directories, uploading files, downloading files, creating and deleting files or directories, and renaming. <br><br><b>sftp-server</b> operates by reading SFTP protocol messages from its standard input and writing responses to its standard output, effectively acting as an intermediary between the client and the server's file system, all within the security context of the authenticated user.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>sftp-server</b> is typically invoked by the <b>sshd</b> daemon as a subsystem, defined in <b>sshd_config</b> (e.g., <I>Subsystem sftp /usr/lib/openssh/sftp-server</I>). It is <B>not</B> designed to be run directly by a user from the command line, as it expects to communicate over its standard input/output using the SFTP protocol, rather than interactive shell input. Directly running it will likely result in an error or unexpected behavior. Its operation is entirely dependent on a secure SSH connection being established first.


title: SFTP SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION
content:
The default path for the <b>sftp-server</b> program is usually configured in the <b>sshd_config</b> file using the <I>Subsystem</I> directive. For example:<br><I>Subsystem sftp /usr/lib/openssh/sftp-server</I><br>On some systems, it might point to an internal SFTP server built into <b>sshd</b> itself (e.g., <I>Subsystem sftp internal-sftp</I>), which is often more efficient as it avoids spawning an external process.


title: SECURITY CONTEXT
content:
When <b>sftp-server</b> is invoked by <b>sshd</b>, it runs with the privileges of the authenticated user. This means that file system operations performed by the SFTP client are subject to the same permissions and access controls as if the user had logged in via a shell. This ensures that users can only access files and directories they are authorized to access, maintaining system security.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>SFTP</I> protocol itself originated as an extension to the <I>SSH-2</I> protocol, providing secure file transfer capabilities beyond basic `scp`. The `sftp-server` program is the OpenSSH project's implementation of this server-side component. It has been an integral part of OpenSSH for many years, evolving alongside the SSH protocol to support various SFTP protocol versions (from 3 to 6) and new features, ensuring secure and robust file transfers in modern network environments.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>group</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The name of the group to which the effective group ID of the executed command will be set. The user must be a member of this group. If omitted, <b>sg</b> will either use the user's default group (if starting a shell) or the current user's supplementary groups (when used with <b>-c</b>), or it may result in an error if a group context is implicitly required.<br><br><b>-c command</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Execute the specified <i>command</i> string. This is useful for passing commands with spaces, special characters, or multiple commands, ensuring they are executed as a single unit under the specified group context. If no <i>group</i> is specified, the command runs with the user's current supplementary groups.<br><br><b>command [arguments...]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The command to be executed with the changed group ID, along with its arguments. This is an alternative to using <b>-c</b>. If neither a command nor <b>-c</b> is provided, and a <i>group</i> is specified, <b>sg</b> will attempt to start a new shell with that group.<br><br><b>-</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When specified as an option, it reinitializes the environment similar to a login shell. This means many environment variables (e.g., PATH, HOME, SHELL) might be cleared and re-set, affecting how the executed command behaves. It can be used alone or in conjunction with a <i>group</i> and/or <i>command</i>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sg</b> (set group) command allows a user to execute a command with the effective group ID of a specified group, while retaining their original user ID and login session. This is particularly useful when a user needs to temporarily gain access to resources (e.g., files or directories) that are restricted to a particular group, without fully switching their user identity or primary group. To use <b>sg</b> successfully, the user must be a member of the target group, or have root privileges.<br><br>Unlike <b>newgrp</b>, which changes the primary group of the <i>current</i> shell session, <b>sg</b> executes a command with an <i>additional</i> group ID, leaving the primary group and other supplementary groups of the session unchanged. If no command is specified (and the <b>-c</b> option is not used), <b>sg</b> will attempt to start a new shell with the specified group ID as its effective group. This allows for fine-grained control over group-based permissions for specific operations.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The user must be a member of the specified group or be the root user to use <b>sg</b> successfully.<br>Only the effective group ID of the executed command is changed; the user's primary group and other supplementary groups in the <i>current</i> shell session remain unaffected.<br>Using the <b>-</b> option can significantly alter the environment variables, which might impact the execution of the command.<br>Not all shell-specific features (like shell aliases or functions) might be available in the executed command's context unless explicitly sourced or passed.


title: ENVIRONMENT IMPACT
content:
When <b>sg</b> executes a command, it typically inherits the environment variables of the calling shell. However, if the <b>-</b> option is used, the environment is reset to a 'login' state, similar to how <b>su -</b> operates. This can affect how the executed command behaves, especially regarding PATH, HOME, and other variables, and should be considered when troubleshooting command execution.


title: SECURITY CONTEXT
content:
While <b>sg</b> allows for temporary group privilege, it does not grant full root access. The command executed still runs under the user's original effective user ID. This design limits its capabilities to group-specific permissions, making it a safer and more controlled alternative for granular access compared to tools like <b>su</b> or <b>sudo</b> when only specific group privileges are required.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>sg</b> command has been a staple in Unix-like systems for managing temporary group privilege escalation without requiring a full user identity switch. Its development has focused on providing a secure and flexible way for users to access group-restricted resources within their existing login session, distinguishing it from tools that create entirely new user sessions or change the primary group permanently for a session. It is typically part of the `shadow-utils` package on many Linux distributions, which handles user and group account management.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-verbose</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints descriptive information about the input SGI file to standard error during conversion.<br><br><b><i>sgi_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the SGI image file to be converted. If omitted, input is read from standard input (stdin).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><b>sgitopnm</b></i> is a Linux command-line utility used to convert SGI (Silicon Graphics Image) files into the portable Netpbm image formats. Depending on the input SGI file's content, it generates a PBM (Portable BitMap), PGM (Portable GreyMap), or PPM (Portable PixMap) file.<br><br>If the SGI file contains a single-plane image (greyscale or black and white), it produces a PGM or PBM file. For three-plane (color) or four-plane (color with alpha) SGI images, <i><b>sgitopnm</b></i> outputs a PPM file, discarding the alpha channel if present. The command supports both uncompressed and RLE-compressed SGI image files. Input can be specified as a file argument or read from standard input. The Netpbm formats are widely used as an intermediate format for various image processing tasks.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Only a subset of SGI image file formats are supported; colormapped images or those with more than four planes are not handled.<br>The fourth (alpha) plane, if present in a four-plane SGI image, is discarded during conversion.


title: OUTPUT FORMAT DETERMINATION
content:
The output Netpbm format (PBM, PGM, or PPM) is automatically determined by <i><b>sgitopnm</b></i> based on the number of planes in the input SGI file.<br>Single-plane SGI images yield PBM/PGM, while multi-plane SGI images (3 or 4 planes) result in PPM output.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i><b>sgitopnm</b></i> is a component of the <i>Netpbm</i> package, a toolkit for manipulating graphic images. <i>Netpbm</i> originated from <i>Pbmplus</i>, created by Jef Poskanzer in 1988, which provided basic tools for portable bitmaps. Over the years, the project expanded to include grey maps and pixel maps, and numerous conversion utilities like <i><b>sgitopnm</b></i> were developed to integrate various image formats into the <i>Netpbm</i> ecosystem, allowing for seamless interoperability and processing using the command-line tools.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>sgpt</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <<i>PROMPT...</i>><br><b>sgpt</b> --shell [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <<i>PROMPT...</i>><br><b>sgpt</b> --code [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <<i>LANGUAGE</i>> <<i>PROMPT...</i>><br><b>sgpt</b> --chat [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <<i>CHAT_ID</i>> <<i>PROMPT...</i>><br><b>sgpt</b> --info<br><b>sgpt</b> --help


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-s, --shell</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs <i>sgpt</i> to generate and explain shell commands.<br><br><b><b>-c, --code <LANGUAGE></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Directs <i>sgpt</i> to write code snippets in the specified programming <i>LANGUAGE</i>.<br><br><b><b>-p, --prompt</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets <i>sgpt</i> to operate in general prompt mode, suitable for general questions and content generation (often the default).<br><br><b><b>-i, --chat <ID></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables a continuous conversational chat session identified by <i>ID</i>, maintaining context across interactions.<br><br><b><b>-m, --model <NAME></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the LLM model to be used (e.g., <i>gpt-4</i>, <i>gpt-3.5-turbo</i>).<br><br><b><b>-t, --temperature <VALUE></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Controls the randomness of the output, with values typically ranging from <i>0.0</i> (deterministic) to <i>2.0</i> (more creative).<br><br><b><b>--no-stream</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables the streaming output feature, causing <i>sgpt</i> to wait for the complete response before displaying it.<br><br><b><b>--info</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays information about the current configuration, active model, and API usage.<br><br><b><b>-v, --version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the installed <i>sgpt</i> version number.<br><br><b><b>-h, --help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the command's help message and available options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sgpt</i>, also known as ShellGPT, is a versatile command-line interface (CLI) tool designed to integrate large language models (LLMs) directly into your shell environment. It empowers users by providing AI-driven assistance for a wide array of tasks, including generating executable shell commands, explaining complex commands, writing code snippets, answering general questions, and engaging in conversational chats.<br><br>By leveraging the power of models like OpenAI's GPT series, <i>sgpt</i> transforms your terminal into an intelligent co-pilot. Users interact with it by posing natural language queries, and <i>sgpt</i> responds with relevant, context-aware information or direct command suggestions. It supports various operational modes (shell, code, chat, prompt) to optimize its output for specific user intentions, enhancing productivity and learning within the command-line workflow.<br><br>Typically installed via Python's package manager <i>pip</i>, <i>sgpt</i> requires an API key for the chosen LLM service to function, and it often streams its responses for a more dynamic and interactive user experience.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>sgpt</i> is a third-party tool and not a standard component of Linux distributions, requiring separate installation. It relies on external Large Language Model APIs (e.g., OpenAI, Anthropic), meaning an API key is essential for its functionality, and usage may incur costs based on token consumption. The quality and accuracy of the generated content are dependent on the underlying LLM and the prompt's clarity, and it can occasionally produce incorrect, outdated, or potentially harmful information or commands.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
<i>sgpt</i> is typically installed via Python's package manager: <br><i>pip install shell-gpt</i><br>Ensure Python and <i>pip</i> are installed on your system.


title: CONFIGURATION
content:
Before first use, an API key for your chosen LLM provider must be configured. This is commonly done by setting an environment variable, for example:<br><i>export OPENAI_API_KEY='your_api_key_here'</i><br>Alternatively, <i>sgpt</i> supports a configuration file (often <i>~/.config/shell-gpt/config.yaml</i>) for more advanced settings.


title: EXAMPLE USAGE
content:
To get a shell command:<br><i>sgpt --shell "how to find files larger than 1GB?"</i><br>To ask a general question:<br><i>sgpt "What is the capital of France?"</i><br>To start a chat session:<br><i>sgpt --chat mychat "Tell me about Linux"</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>sgpt</i> project emerged as a response to the growing interest and accessibility of advanced Large Language Models, aiming to bring their capabilities directly into the Unix-like command-line environment. Developed primarily in Python, its design focuses on simplicity, ease of use, and seamless integration with existing shell workflows, providing a modern AI-driven alternative or complement to traditional command-line assistance tools.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
sh5util [OPTIONS] [FILE...]<br><i>Note: This is a generic representation. The actual syntax for sh5util can vary significantly depending on its specific implementation.</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--help, -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message outlining available options and usage, then exit. <i>(Common utility option)</i><br><br><b>--version, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the version information of the <i>sh5util</i> utility and exit. <i>(Common utility option)</i><br><br><b>-i <input_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an input file for the utility to process. This could be a file to hash, verify, or transform.<br><br><b>-o <output_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an output file where results, hashes, or processed data will be written.<br><br><b>-c <checksum_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Verify data integrity against SH5 hashes listed in a specified checksum file.<br><br><b>-g</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instruct the utility to generate an SH5 hash for the provided input data or file(s).<br><br><b>-s <operation></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform a specific SH5-related operation, such as signing, sealing, or extracting data, where 'operation' specifies the particular action.<br><br><b>FILE...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more files that the <i>sh5util</i> command will operate upon, depending on the chosen options (e.g., files to hash, files to verify).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sh5util</i> is <b>not a standard Linux command</b> distributed with most operating systems. It typically refers to a specialized utility designed to interact with or manipulate data formatted according to a specific "Secure Hash 5" (SH5) algorithm or a proprietary SH5 data structure. Its exact functionality, parameters, and behavior are highly dependent on the specific software suite, project, or custom system it belongs to.<br><br>Common operations that such a utility might perform include: generating SH5 hashes for files or data streams, verifying data integrity against existing SH5 hashes, creating or processing files linked to SH5-secured systems, or performing specific cryptographic-like functions tied to the 'SH5' concept. Users encountering this command should consult the documentation specific to the software package that provides this utility, as its implementation varies widely.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>sh5util</i> is <b>not a standard Linux command</b> found in common distributions. Its presence and functionality are entirely dependent on it being part of a specific software package, custom build, or proprietary system. There is no universally defined 'SH5' hash algorithm recognized by standard cryptographic bodies (like SHA-1, SHA-2, SHA-3). Therefore, its exact purpose, parameters, and behavior can vary dramatically. Users must refer to the documentation of the specific application or project from which this utility originated for accurate and reliable usage instructions. Using it without proper contextual understanding can lead to unexpected behavior or data integrity issues.


title: CONTEXTUAL DEPENDENCY
content:
The behavior and purpose of <i>sh5util</i> are entirely dependent on its specific implementation and the broader system or application it serves. It is crucial to understand the context in which this command is provided on your system.


title: 'SH5' INTERPRETATION
content:
The term 'SH5' itself is not a standard cryptographic hash algorithm recognized by NIST or other standard bodies. It could refer to a custom, proprietary algorithm; a specific variant or derivation of an existing hash; or simply a project-specific acronym for a secure hash function or data format within a particular system. This ambiguity necessitates careful investigation of the utility's source and accompanying documentation to understand its cryptographic properties and security implications.


title: HISTORY
content:
Due to its non-standard nature, <i>sh5util</i> does not have a widely documented public history of development or usage like common Linux utilities. It is most likely a utility developed as part of a specific project, an internal tool, or a component of a specialized software suite that requires a unique 'SH5' hash or data handling mechanism. Its development and usage history are typically confined to the scope of that particular project, organization, or system, rather than being part of a broader open-source or standard Unix/Linux utility ecosystem.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sha1pass</i> is a utility designed to generate a SHA1 cryptographic hash of a given password. This hash is typically used in password files (like <i>/etc/shadow</i>) for user authentication on Unix-like operating systems. While <i>sha1pass</i> provides a quick way to create these hashes, it's crucial to understand that SHA1 is now considered cryptographically weak and susceptible to collision attacks, making it unsuitable for new deployments requiring robust security.<br><br>The command can accept the password directly as a command-line argument or read it securely from standard input if no argument is provided. Upon successful execution, it outputs the SHA1 hash string to standard output, often formatted with a prefix (e.g., <i>{SHA}</i> or <i>$sha1$</i>) for compatibility with system password databases. Its primary use case today is maintaining compatibility with older systems or applications that still rely on SHA1 for password storage, rather than for secure new implementations.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b><i>Security Risk:</i></b> SHA1 is cryptographically broken and vulnerable to collision attacks. It should not be used for new password hashing implementations. Stronger algorithms like bcrypt, scrypt, or Argon2 are highly recommended.<br><b><i>Legacy Use:</i></b> <i>sha1pass</i> is primarily for compatibility with older systems or applications that still rely on SHA1 hashes.<br><b><i>No Salt:</i></b> Unlike modern password hashing algorithms, <i>sha1pass</i> often produces unsalted SHA1 hashes, making them more susceptible to rainbow table attacks if not explicitly combined with a salt by the system using it.


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
The output is the SHA1 hash string, usually prefixed with <i>{SHA}</i> or <i>$sha1$</i> for use in <i>/etc/shadow</i> files. For example, a password 'test' might produce '<i>{SHA}A94A8FE5CCB19BA61C4C0873D391E987982FAACF</i>'.


title: INTERACTIVE MODE
content:
If no password argument is provided, <i>sha1pass</i> reads the password from standard input, typically in a non-echoing manner, improving security by preventing the password from appearing in shell history or being visible.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>sha1pass</i> utility emerged as part of the evolving landscape of password management in Unix-like systems, particularly as SHA1 gained prominence as a cryptographic hash function in the late 1990s and early 2000s. It was integrated into utilities often associated with the <i>shadow-utils</i> package, which manages secure user account information including hashed passwords in files like <i>/etc/shadow</i>. Its introduction marked a move towards more secure hashing than older methods (like DES-based <i>crypt(3)</i>), albeit one that has since been superseded. Over time, as SHA1's cryptographic weaknesses became apparent, its use for new password storage has diminished significantly, but <i>sha1pass</i> remains available for backward compatibility with existing systems or legacy applications that still employ SHA1.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-b, --binary</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read in binary mode.<br><br><b>-c, --check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read SHA1 sums from the FILEs and check them.<br><br><b>-t, --text</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read in text mode (default).<br><br><b>-q, --quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't print OK for each successfully verified file.<br><br><b>-s, --status</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't output anything, status code shows success.<br><br><b>-w, --warn</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Warn about improperly formatted checksum lines.<br><br><b>--strict</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exit non-zero for any improperly formatted checksum line.<br><br><b>--tag</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a BSD-style checksum.<br><br><b>--ignore-missing</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't fail or report status for missing files.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>sha1sum</b> is a command-line utility used to compute and verify the 160-bit SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm 1) checksums of files. It generates a unique hexadecimal string, known as a message digest or hash, for the contents of a file. This hash can be used to ensure file integrity and detect any alterations.<br><br>When used without options, <b>sha1sum</b> reads input from standard input or specified files and prints the SHA1 sum followed by the filename. It's commonly employed to verify downloaded files against a published hash to ensure they haven't been tampered with or corrupted during transfer. The command also supports a "check" mode, where it reads SHA1 sums from a file (typically generated previously) and verifies them against the actual files. This makes it a powerful tool for maintaining data integrity in various scenarios.


title: CAVEATS
content:
While <b>sha1sum</b> is widely used, SHA-1 is cryptographically broken. It is no longer considered secure against well-funded attacks for purposes like digital signatures due to the practical possibility of collision attacks. For new applications requiring strong cryptographic security, users should prefer stronger hash functions like SHA-256 or SHA-512, available via <b>sha256sum</b> and <b>sha512sum</b>. <b>sha1sum</b> remains useful for non-security-critical integrity checks and for verifying legacy hashes.


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
When calculating a hash, <b>sha1sum</b> typically outputs the SHA1 hash (40 hexadecimal characters), followed by two spaces, an asterisk (for binary mode) or a space (for text mode), and then the filename.


title: CHECKSUM FILES
content:
For checking, <b>sha1sum -c</b> expects a file where each line contains the checksum, two spaces, an asterisk (for binary mode) or a space (for text mode), and the filename.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>sha1sum</b> command is part of the GNU Core Utilities (coreutils), a package that provides the basic file, shell and text manipulation utilities for Unix-like operating systems. It implements the Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1), which was designed by the United States National Security Agency (NSA) and published by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) as a U.S. Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS PUB 180-1) in 1995. Its inclusion in coreutils made it a standard tool for integrity checking across Linux distributions.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-b, --binary</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read files in binary mode. This is the default for <i>sha224sum</i>.<br><br><b>-c, --check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read <b>SHA224</b> sums from the <i>FILE</i>s and check them. Input should be a file with checksums and filenames.<br><br><b>-t, --text</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read files in text mode (default on some systems, though binary is generally safer for integrity checks).<br><br><b>-s, --status</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't output anything, just return status code. Used with <i>--check</i> to suppress normal output.<br><br><b>-w, --warn</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Warn about improperly formatted checksum lines. Used with <i>--check</i>.<br><br><b>--ignore-missing</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't fail or report status for missing files. Used with <i>--check</i>.<br><br><b>-p, --portable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Portably compute checksums for all supported platforms.<br><br><b>-L, --zero-terminated, --null</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Line delimiter is <i>NUL</i>, not newline. Input filenames are <i>NUL</i>-terminated. Useful for processing filenames containing newlines.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sha224sum</i> is a command-line utility used to compute and verify <b>SHA224</b> (Secure Hash Algorithm 224-bit) cryptographic checksums, also known as message digests or hash values, for files or standard input. <b>SHA224</b> is a member of the <b>SHA-2</b> family of hash functions, designed by the <i>NSA</i>. It produces a 224-bit (28-byte) hash value, which is typically represented as a 56-character hexadecimal string.<br><br>The primary purpose of <i>sha224sum</i> is to ensure data integrity and authenticity. By computing the hash of a file, users can detect unintentional data corruption or malicious alteration. If a file is modified, its <b>SHA224</b> hash will change, allowing for easy verification against a previously recorded hash value. This is particularly useful when downloading files from the internet, transmitting data over networks, or archiving important information. The command can both generate a new hash for a given file and verify a file against a list of pre-calculated hashes, which are usually stored in a separate checksum file. It is a fundamental tool for anyone concerned with the reliability and security of their data.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Collision Resistance</b>: While <i>SHA224</i> is considered strong, no hash function is perfectly immune to collision attacks (where two different inputs produce the same hash). For critical security applications, continuously monitor cryptographic best practices.</li><li><b>Performance on Large Files</b>: Computing checksums for very large files can be <i>CPU</i>-intensive and take significant time.</li><li><b>Verification File Format</b>: When using the <i>--check</i> option, the input file containing checksums and filenames must adhere to a specific format: each line should contain the <b>SHA224</b> sum, followed by two spaces, and then the filename.</li><li><b>Standard Input Limitation</b>: When reading from standard input (e.g., via pipe), the original filename information is lost, and the output will display a hyphen ('-') instead of a filename.</li></ul>


title: USAGE EXAMPLES
content:
<ul><li>To compute the <b>SHA224</b> sum of a file named <i>my_document.txt</i>:<br><code>sha224sum my_document.txt</code></li><li>To save the <b>SHA224</b> sum to a file:<br><code>sha224sum my_document.txt > my_document.txt.sha224</code></li><li>To check a file against its saved <b>SHA224</b> sum:<br><code>sha224sum -c my_document.txt.sha224</code></li><li>To check multiple files listed in a checksum file, suppressing verbose output for successful checks:<br><code>sha224sum -c --status checksums.txt</code></li></ul>


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT
content:
If no <i>FILE</i> is specified, or when <i>FILE</i> is '-', <i>sha224sum</i> reads from standard input. The output format is <i>HASH FILENAME</i> (or <i>HASH -</i> if reading from stdin). When checking sums, it reads from standard input by default if no <i>FILE</i> is given.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>sha224sum</i> is part of the <b>GNU Coreutils</b> package, a fundamental collection of command-line utilities for <i>Unix-like</i> operating systems. The <b>SHA-2</b> family of cryptographic hash functions, including <b>SHA224</b>, was designed by the <i>National Security Agency (NSA)</i> and published by the <i>National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)</i> as a <i>Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) PUB 180-2</i> in 2001, with an update to <i>FIPS PUB 180-3</i> in 2008 to include <b>SHA-224</b>, <b>SHA-384</b>, and <b>SHA-512</b>. As cryptographic standards evolved and older algorithms like <i>MD5</i> and <i>SHA-1</i> showed vulnerabilities, stronger alternatives like <b>SHA-224</b> gained prominence for data integrity and security applications. The inclusion of <i>sha224sum</i> and other <b>SHA-2</b> variants in <i>Coreutils</i> reflects the ongoing effort to provide robust and secure tools for system administration and data management.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>FILE</i>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more files to process. If no <i>FILE</i> is specified, or if <i>FILE</i> is '-', <b>sha256sum</b> reads from standard input.<br><br><b><b>-b</b>, <b>--binary</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read files in binary mode. This is often the default behavior on most systems, but can be explicitly specified to ensure consistent handling of byte streams.<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--check</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read SHA256 sums from the specified <i>FILE</i>s (which are assumed to contain checksums and filenames, typically generated by a previous <b>sha256sum</b> run) and verify them against the actual files. It reports 'OK' or 'FAILED' for each entry.<br><br><b><b>-t</b>, <b>--text</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read files in text mode. This option is typically the default for text files and handles platform-specific line endings appropriately.<br><br><b><b>-w</b>, <b>--warn</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When using <b>--check</b>, issue a warning for improperly formatted checksum lines found in the input file.<br><br><b><b>--status</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When using <b>--check</b>, suppress all output and only report success or failure via the exit status code. A zero status means all checks passed.<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--strict</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When using <b>--check</b>, exit with a non-zero status for any invalid input lines, not just failed checksums.<br><br><b><b>--tag</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a BSD-style checksum, which includes an explicit 'SHA256' tag, making the output more verbose and self-describing.<br><br><b><b>--ignore-missing</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When using <b>--check</b>, do not fail or report status for input files that are missing on the system.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sha256sum</b> command is a fundamental Linux utility used to compute and verify the SHA256 (Secure Hash Algorithm 256-bit) cryptographic checksums of files. It generates a unique fixed-size string (a 64-character hexadecimal number) for any given input, which serves as a digital fingerprint of the file. This fingerprint is extremely sensitive to even the smallest changes in the file's content, making <b>sha256sum</b> an essential tool for ensuring file integrity and authenticity.<br><br>Common use cases include verifying the integrity of downloaded software to ensure it hasn't been corrupted or tampered with during transfer, checking data consistency across backups, or confirming that sensitive documents have not been altered. By comparing the computed SHA256 sum of a file with a known good sum (often provided by the file's creator or distributor), users can quickly ascertain if the file has been modified from its original state, thereby enhancing data security and reliability.


title: CAVEATS
content:
While SHA256 is a robust cryptographic hash function highly resistant to collisions (where different inputs produce the same hash), it is not an encryption method. You cannot reverse-engineer the original data from its SHA256 sum. For critical security applications, always ensure that the checksum itself is obtained from a trustworthy, out-of-band source to prevent a malicious actor from altering both the file and its corresponding checksum.


title: RETURN CODES
content:
The <b>sha256sum</b> command exits with status 0 if all checksums successfully match during a <b>--check</b> operation, or if it successfully computes sums without errors. A non-zero exit status indicates a failure, such as a checksum mismatch, a file not found, or an invalid command-line argument.


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT USAGE
content:
When no <i>FILE</i> argument is provided, or if '-' is specified as a <i>FILE</i>, <b>sha256sum</b> reads its input from standard input. This enables it to be used effectively in pipelines, allowing the hash of data streamed from other commands to be computed. Similarly, when checking sums with <b>-c</b>, the list of checksums to be verified can also be provided via standard input.


title: HISTORY
content:
SHA256 is part of the SHA-2 family of cryptographic hash functions, designed by the U.S. National Security Agency (NSA) and published by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) as a Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS PUB 180-2) in 2001. It was developed to address potential weaknesses found in SHA-1. The <b>sha256sum</b> utility itself is a widely adopted component of GNU Core Utilities, making it readily available on virtually all Linux and other Unix-like operating systems. Its usage has grown significantly as SHA-256 became a standard for digital signatures, blockchain technologies, and general data integrity verification across various computing domains.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-b, --binary</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read in binary mode.<br><br><b>-c, --check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read SHA384 sums from the FILEs and check them.<br><br><b>-t, --text</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read in text mode (<i>default</i>).<br><br><b>-z, --zero</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;End each output line with NUL, not newline, and disable filename escaping. Useful for <b>xargs -0</b>.<br><br><b>--ignore-missing</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't fail or report status for missing files when checking.<br><br><b>--quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't print OK for each successfully verified file.<br><br><b>--status</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't output anything, status code shows success.<br><br><b>--strict</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exit non-zero for improperly formatted checksum lines.<br><br><b>--tag</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a BSD-style checksum.<br><br><b>--warn</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Warn about improperly formatted checksum lines.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help and exit.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sha384sum</b> command, part of the GNU Core Utilities, computes and verifies 384-bit Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-384) checksums. SHA-384 is a cryptographic hash function that produces a unique, fixed-length 48-byte (384-bit) hash value for any given input. It is widely used to ensure data integrity and authenticity, providing a strong defense against accidental or malicious alteration of files. Unlike older hash functions like MD5 or SHA-1, SHA-384 offers enhanced security against collision attacks, making it suitable for applications requiring robust cryptographic assurances. The command can generate a checksum for one or more specified files, or from standard input, and displays the hash alongside the filename. Crucially, <b>sha384sum</b> also supports a verification mode, allowing users to check files against a list of pre-computed checksums, ensuring the data remains untampered since the checksum was generated. This utility is indispensable for validating software downloads, checking file backups, and maintaining the trustworthiness of digital assets.


title: CAVEATS
content:
While <b>sha384sum</b> provides robust cryptographic integrity checks, it's important to note its limitations. SHA-384, like other SHA-2 functions, is <b>not quantum-resistant</b>; its security could theoretically be compromised by large-scale quantum computers in the future. Furthermore, the command itself only ensures data integrity based on a pre-shared checksum; it does not inherently protect against an attacker who can modify both the file and its corresponding checksum. For true authenticity and non-repudiation, the checksum itself must be obtained from a trusted and secure source, such as a digitally signed document or a secure website. Using <b>sha384sum</b> for HMAC (keyed-hash message authentication code) directly is not recommended without proper library support, as it can be vulnerable to length-extension attacks.


title: USAGE FOR VERIFICATION
content:
When using <b>sha384sum -c</b> to verify files, it is paramount that the checksum file (the list of hashes) is obtained from a <i>trusted and secure source</i>. If an attacker can tamper with both the data file and its corresponding checksum file, the integrity check becomes meaningless. Always verify the source of the checksums before relying on them for data validation.


title: CRYPTOGRAPHIC STRENGTH
content:
SHA-384 is designed to be highly resistant to collision attacks (finding two different inputs that produce the same hash) and pre-image attacks (finding an input that produces a given hash). It offers a 192-bit security strength against collision attacks, which is considered robust for current security requirements, making it suitable for digital signatures, password hashing, and integrity checks.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>sha384sum</b> command's history is intertwined with the development and adoption of the Secure Hash Algorithm 2 (SHA-2) family. The SHA-2 algorithms, including SHA-384, were designed by the U.S. National Security Agency (NSA) and first published by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) in 2001 as FIPS PUB 180-2. These algorithms were developed to address potential weaknesses in SHA-1 and provide stronger cryptographic security. As part of the GNU Core Utilities, <b>sha384sum</b> was subsequently integrated into most Linux distributions, making the SHA-384 hashing capability readily accessible to users. Its usage grew significantly as concerns about the security of MD5 and SHA-1 increased, establishing SHA-384 as a standard for ensuring data integrity in many critical applications. The command continues to be actively maintained and updated as part of the ongoing development of <i>coreutils</i>.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>sha512sum</b> [<I>OPTION</I>]... [<I>FILE</I>]...<br><b>sha512sum</b> <I>-c</I> [<I>OPTION</I>]... [<I>FILE</I>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-b, --binary</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read input in binary mode. This is the default for Windows, but generally text mode for Unix-like systems.<br><br><b>-c, --check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read SHA512 sums from the specified FILEs and verify them against the actual files. The input file typically contains lines formatted as: <code>SHA512_HASH &nbsp; FILENAME</code>.<br><br><b>-t, --text</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read input in text mode (default for Unix-like systems). This option is usually redundant unless explicitly overriding a binary mode default.<br><br><b>-z, --zero</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;End each output line with a NUL character, rather than a newline. This is particularly useful when piping output to commands like <code>xargs -0</code>.<br><br><b>--ignore-missing</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking sums, do not report a failure or status for missing input files.<br><br><b>--quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking sums, do not print 'OK' for each successfully verified file.<br><br><b>--status</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking sums, do not output anything; merely set the exit status to indicate success or failure.<br><br><b>--strict</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking sums, exit non-zero for improperly formatted digest lines, even if all other checks pass.<br><br><b>--tag</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a BSD-style checksum (e.g., 'SHA512 (filename) = hash'), which might be preferred for certain interoperability scenarios.<br><br><b>--warn</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Warn about improperly formatted digest lines when checking, but do not necessarily fail the entire check operation unless combined with <code>--strict</code>.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sha512sum</b> command calculates and verifies SHA512 (Secure Hash Algorithm 512-bit) message digests for files. SHA-512 is a member of the SHA-2 family of cryptographic hash functions, which produces a 512-bit (64-byte) hash value, typically represented as 128 hexadecimal characters. This algorithm is designed to be highly collision-resistant, making it suitable for ensuring data integrity and detecting accidental corruption or malicious tampering.<br><br>Users commonly employ <b>sha512sum</b> to verify the integrity of downloaded files, ensuring they haven't been altered during transfer, or to check if files have changed since a known good state. By comparing a newly computed hash with a previously recorded, trusted hash, one can confirm the file's authenticity. It's a fundamental tool in secure computing, offering a robust cryptographic primitive for integrity checks where stronger guarantees than SHA-1 or MD5 are required.


title: CAVEATS
content:
SHA-512 provides strong cryptographic integrity but does not encrypt data or guarantee its confidentiality. Its effectiveness relies on the hash value being obtained from a trusted source, as a tampered file with a re-computed hash would still appear 'correct'. Processing very large files can be computationally intensive and time-consuming, depending on system resources.


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
When computing a checksum, <b>sha512sum</b> outputs a line for each processed file. This line consists of the 512-bit (128 hexadecimal characters) hash, followed by a space, an indicator character ('*' for binary mode, ' ' for text mode), and finally the filename.<br><br><i>Example:</i><br><code>0a1b2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2a3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0c1d2e3f4a5b6c7d8e9f0a1b2c3d4e5f6a7b8c9d0e1f2a3b4c5d6e7f8a9b0c1d2e3f4a5b6c7d8e9f0a1b2c3d  filename.txt</code>


title: CHECKING HASHES
content:
When using the <I>-c</I> (check) option, <b>sha512sum</b> reads lines from a file (which typically contains hashes and filenames generated by a previous <b>sha512sum</b> run) and verifies the hash for each specified file. It reports whether each file is 'OK', 'FAILED', or if the file is 'MISSING'. This feature is vital for automating integrity checks of multiple files.


title: HISTORY
content:
Part of the GNU Core Utilities, <b>sha512sum</b> implements the SHA-512 algorithm from the SHA-2 family, developed by the NSA and standardized by NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology). Its inclusion became crucial as older hash functions like MD5 and SHA-1 showed cryptographic weaknesses and became vulnerable to collision attacks, making stronger algorithms such as SHA-512 necessary for robust data integrity checks in modern computing environments.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>on</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables shadow password and group functionality. This moves password hashes to <b>/etc/shadow</b> and <b>/etc/gshadow</b>.<br><br><b>off</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables shadow password and group functionality. This moves password hashes back to <b>/etc/passwd</b> and <b>/etc/group</b>. This action is highly discouraged for security reasons.<br><br><b>enable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An alias for the 'on' argument.<br><br><b>disable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An alias for the 'off' argument.<br><br><b>status</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the current status of shadow password and group functionality (enabled or disabled).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>shadowconfig</b> is a command-line utility used to enable or disable the use of shadow password and group files on a Linux system.<br><br>When shadow passwords are <i>enabled</i>, user password hashes are stored in the more secure <b>/etc/shadow</b> file instead of <b>/etc/passwd</b>. Similarly, group password hashes (if used) are stored in <b>/etc/gshadow</b> instead of <b>/etc/group</b>. This separation significantly enhances security by making the password hashes unreadable to non-root users, even if they have read access to <b>/etc/passwd</b> or <b>/etc/group</b>. The <b>shadowconfig</b> command typically modifies system configuration to reflect this state, often by updating PAM configurations or other authentication-related settings.<br><br>While fundamental to Linux security, <b>shadowconfig</b> itself is often deprecated or superseded in modern distributions by more comprehensive authentication configuration tools like <b>authconfig</b> or <b>authselect</b>, which provide a broader range of authentication-related setup options. Its core purpose, however, remains crucial for system security.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is often <i>deprecated</i> or <i>replaced</i> by more comprehensive authentication configuration tools such as <b>authconfig(8)</b> or <b>authselect(8)</b> in modern Linux distributions. Its exact behavior and availability can vary significantly.<br><br>Disabling shadow passwords (using <b>off</b> or <b>disable</b>) is a <b>severe security risk</b>. It exposes password hashes in world-readable files (<b>/etc/passwd</b> and <b>/etc/group</b>), making the system vulnerable to brute-force attacks and unauthorized access. This action is strongly discouraged for production systems.


title: SECURITY IMPLICATIONS
content:
Disabling shadow passwords (via <b>shadowconfig off</b> or <b>disable</b>) exposes hashed passwords directly in <b>/etc/passwd</b> and <b>/etc/group</b>. These files are typically world-readable, meaning any user on the system could potentially access and attempt to crack the password hashes. This drastically reduces the security posture of the system and is strongly discouraged for any environment requiring even minimal security.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept of shadow passwords emerged to enhance security in Unix-like systems by separating sensitive password hashes from publicly readable user and group files. The <b>shadowconfig</b> command was historically part of the <i>shadow-utils</i> package, providing a simple interface to manage this crucial security feature.<br><br>As Linux distributions evolved, the need for more centralized and flexible authentication management led to the development of tools like <b>authconfig</b> and later <b>authselect</b>. These tools often absorbed or superseded the specific functionality of <b>shadowconfig</b>, making it a less common standalone command in newer environments, though its underlying security principle remains fundamental.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
passwd(1), groupadd(8), useradd(8), shadow(5), gshadow(5), authconfig(8), authselect(8), login.defs(5), pam(8)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-o</b> <i>ARCHIVE_FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output file for the generated shell archive. If not provided, <b>shar</b> writes to standard output (stdout).<br><br><b><b>-u</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses <b>uuencode</b> to encode binary files before embedding them in the archive. This ensures binary data is handled correctly when transmitted over text-based channels.<br><br><b><b>-z</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compresses files using <b>gzip</b> before embedding them. The resulting script will automatically decompress them upon extraction. Note: some older versions may use <b>compress</b> (with <b>-Z</b>) instead.<br><br><b><b>-p</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preserves the original file attributes, including permissions and modification times, when the files are extracted.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose mode, displaying diagnostic messages and the names of files as they are processed.<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>SIZE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Splits the output into multiple smaller archives, each with a maximum size of <i>SIZE</i> bytes. Useful for distributing large archives over channels with size limits, like email.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <i>MAX_LENGTH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the maximum line length of the output archive to <i>MAX_LENGTH</i> characters. Defaults to 75 characters, which is suitable for many email systems.<br><br><b><b>-a</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Appends the new archive content to an existing archive file specified with <b>-o</b>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>shar</b> command, short for "shell archive," creates an archive of one or more files as a self-extracting shell script. When this script is executed, it recreates the original files in the current directory. This method was traditionally used for distributing software and files over email or Usenet, especially when more sophisticated archiving tools like <b>tar</b> or <b>zip</b> were not universally available or suitable for plain-text email transmission.<br><br>A <b>shar</b> archive typically consists of a shell script header followed by the contents of the archived files, often encoded to handle binary data (e.g., using <b>uuencode</b>). Upon execution, the script uses standard shell commands like <b>sed</b>, <b>cat</b>, and <b>cut</b> to extract and recreate the original files, preserving their names and, optionally, permissions and modification times.<br><br>While largely superseded by more efficient and secure archiving formats like <b>tar.gz</b> or <b>zip</b> for general-purpose use, <b>shar</b> can still be useful for simple, small collections of text files that need to be easily unpackaged on any Unix-like system with a standard shell, without requiring specific archiving utilities.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>shar</b> archives pose a security risk because they are executable shell scripts. Executing an unknown <b>shar</b> file can potentially run arbitrary commands on your system. Always inspect the contents of a <b>shar</b> archive before executing it, especially if obtained from an untrusted source. Furthermore, for very large files or directories, <b>shar</b> is less efficient and robust than <b>tar</b> combined with compression utilities like <b>gzip</b> or <b>bzip2</b>.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>shar</b> command dates back to the early days of Unix, becoming a standard utility for distributing software and documents in the era before widespread internet and sophisticated package managers. It was particularly popular for sharing files via Usenet newsgroups and email, where plain text was the most reliable transport mechanism. The ability to create a self-extracting script made it incredibly convenient for users to unpack files without needing specialized archiving software. While its importance has diminished with the rise of tools like <b>tar</b>, <b>zip</b>, and distributed version control systems, <b>shar</b> remains part of the GNU sharutils package and is still available on most Unix-like systems.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>shards</b> <I>command</I> [<i>options...</i>] [<i>arguments...</i>]<br><b>shards</b> [<i>--version</i> | <i>--help</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>install</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Downloads and installs all declared dependencies from <i>shard.yml</i> into the project's <i>lib/</i> directory. If <i>shard.lock</i> exists, it ensures exact version reproducibility; otherwise, it resolves new versions and generates the lock file.<br><br><b><b>update</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Updates all project dependencies to their latest compatible versions based on the constraints in <i>shard.yml</i>. This action will regenerate the <i>shard.lock</i> file.<br><br><b><b>build</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compiles the project and its dependencies into an executable. This command typically creates a binary in the <i>bin/</i> directory.<br><br><b><b>run</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes the main file of the Crystal project. This is a convenient way to run the application or tests without explicitly building it first.<br><br><b><b>init</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initializes a new Crystal project, setting up the basic directory structure and creating a boilerplate <i>shard.yml</i> file for quick starts.<br><br><b><b>exec</b> <I>command</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes a given shell command within the context of the project's dependencies, ensuring that required binaries or environment variables from installed shards are available.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version number of the <i>shards</i> tool currently installed on the system.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows general help information about <i>shards</i> or specific help for a particular command (e.g., <i>shards install --help</i>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>shards</i> is the official dependency manager and build tool for the <b>Crystal programming language</b>. While not a standalone command provided by default on most Linux distributions, it is an integral part of the Crystal toolchain, installed alongside the Crystal compiler. It enables developers to manage project dependencies by fetching, installing, and updating external libraries defined in a <i>shard.yml</i> file. Beyond dependency management, <i>shards</i> provides functionalities for initializing new projects, building executables, and running project-specific tasks, significantly streamlining the development workflow for Crystal applications on Linux systems.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>shards</i> is not a universal Linux command-line utility but a specialized tool for Crystal language development. It requires the <b>Crystal compiler</b> to be installed on your system. Its functionality is strictly tied to Crystal projects and does not manage system-wide software packages like distribution-specific package managers (e.g., APT, DNF, Pacman).


title: SHARD.YML
content:
The configuration file located at the root of a Crystal project. It defines project metadata (name, version, authors) and lists external dependencies with their names and version constraints. This file is crucial for <i>shards</i> to understand and resolve project requirements.


title: SHARD.LOCK
content:
An automatically generated file that precisely records the versions of all direct and transitive dependencies used in a project. This file ensures that builds are reproducible across different development environments by locking dependency versions. It should always be committed to version control alongside <i>shard.yml</i>.


title: DEPENDENCY RESOLUTION
content:
<i>shards</i> features a robust dependency resolution algorithm. It not only resolves direct project dependencies but also their sub-dependencies, ensuring that all required libraries are compatible and available. It manages version conflicts and provides feedback if an unresolvable dependency graph is detected.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>shards</i> was conceptualized and developed as a fundamental component of the <b>Crystal language ecosystem</b> from its early days. It quickly became the official and primary tool for managing dependencies and project structure in Crystal, evolving to support the language's growth and community needs. Its development parallels Crystal's focus on simplicity, performance, and developer experience, providing a consistent and efficient way to handle external code in Crystal projects.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
crystal(1), git(1), npm(1) (Node.js package manager), bundler(1) (Ruby gem manager), mix(1) (Elixir build tool)


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
Given that <i>sharesec</i> is not a standard Linux command, a precise synopsis does not exist. However, based on its inferred purpose, a hypothetical synopsis might resemble commands used for security management:<br><br><b>sharesec</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;share_name&gt;</i><br><b>sharesec</b> <b>--list</b> [<i>options</i>]<br><b>sharesec</b> <b>--get</b> <i>&lt;share_name&gt;</i><br><b>sharesec</b> <b>--set</b> <i>&lt;share_name&gt;</i> [<i>options</i>] [<i>&lt;user&gt;</i>] [<i>&lt;permissions&gt;</i>]<br><b>sharesec</b> <b>--add</b> <i>&lt;share_name&gt;</i> <i>&lt;user&gt;</i> <i>&lt;permissions&gt;</i><br><b>sharesec</b> <b>--remove</b> <i>&lt;share_name&gt;</i> <i>&lt;user&gt;</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>&lt;share_name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The name of the network share to operate on. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--list</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all configured network shares and their basic security attributes. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--get</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the detailed security settings (e.g., users, groups, permissions) for a specified share. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--set</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Modifies or sets new security attributes for a specified share. Requires additional parameters like user and permissions. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--add</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a new user or group with specified permissions to a share's access list. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--remove</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Removes a user or group's access entry from a specified share. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--user</b> <i>&lt;username&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the user for whom to apply or query security settings. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--group</b> <i>&lt;groupname&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the group for whom to apply or query security settings. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--perms</b> <i>&lt;permissions&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the access permissions (e.g., read, write, execute, or numeric modes) for the specified user or group. (Hypothetical)<br><br><b><b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides more detailed output regarding the command execution or share settings. (Hypothetical)<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i>sharesec</i> command is not a standard utility found in typical Linux distributions. Its name strongly suggests a function related to managing 'share security,' which would involve controlling access permissions, users, and groups for network shares (e.g., Samba, NFS). If such a command existed as a standalone tool, it would likely provide functionalities for viewing, adding, modifying, or removing security configurations on shared directories or resources.<br><br>In standard Linux environments, share security is typically managed through a combination of file system permissions (<i>chmod</i>, <i>chown</i>), Access Control Lists (<i>setfacl</i>), and specific configuration files for network sharing services like Samba (<i>/etc/samba/smb.conf</i>) or NFS (<i>/etc/exports</i>). It is possible that <i>sharesec</i> could be a custom script, an alias, or a command specific to a proprietary system or appliance (like a Network Attached Storage device) that simplifies these underlying configurations.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <i>sharesec</i> command is not a standard component of most Linux distributions. Information provided here is largely based on inference from its name and common network share management practices. If you encountered this command, it is likely part of a specific appliance's operating system (e.g., a NAS device's custom Linux-based OS), a bespoke internal utility, or a script developed for a particular environment. Its availability, syntax, and functionality would be entirely dependent on that specific context and not generally applicable across all Linux systems.


title: SHARE SECURITY CONCEPTS IN LINUX
content:
In standard Linux, managing security for network shares (Samba, NFS) involves several layers:<br><br>1. <b>File System Permissions:</b> Basic Linux permissions (owner, group, others) and extended permissions (setuid, setgid, sticky bit) managed by <i>chmod</i> and <i>chown</i>.<br>2. <b>Access Control Lists (ACLs):</b> Granular permissions beyond standard owner/group/other, allowing specific permissions for multiple users and groups. Managed by <i>setfacl</i> and <i>getfacl</i>.<br>3. <b>Service-Specific Configurations:</b> For Samba, access is controlled via <i>smb.conf</i> settings (e.g., 'valid users', 'read list', 'write list', 'create mask', 'directory mask', 'security = user/domain/ads'). For NFS, access is controlled via <i>/etc/exports</i> settings (e.g., host restrictions, 'rw', 'ro', 'sync', 'no_root_squash').<br>4. <b>User and Group Management:</b> Users and groups must exist on the system (or be authenticated via a directory service like LDAP/AD) for permissions to be effective.


title: HISTORY
content:
As <i>sharesec</i> is not a standard Linux command, there is no documented public history of its development or widespread usage within the general Linux ecosystem. It does not appear in historical Unix or Linux command archives. If it exists, its history would be confined to the development and evolution of the specific product or system it is part of, which is outside the scope of general Linux command documentation.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>shasum</b> [<I>OPTION</I>]... [<I>FILE</I>]...<br><b>shasum</b> -c [<I>OPTION</I>]... [<I>FILE</I>]...


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a <I>algorithm</I>, --algorithm=<I>algorithm</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selects the SHA algorithm (1, 224, 256, 384, 512). Default is SHA-1.<br><br><b>-b, --binary</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads files in binary mode (default on most systems).<br><br><b>-c, --check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads SHA sums from files and verifies them.<br><br><b>-p, --portable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces checksums in a portable format.<br><br><b>-t, --text</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads files in text mode.<br><br><b>-U, --universal</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces checksums in a universal format.<br><br><b>-0, --zero</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Ends each output line with a null character (for use with <b>xargs -0</b>).<br><br><b>--ignore-missing</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking, do not report or fail for missing files.<br><br><b>--quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking, suppress 'OK' messages for verified files.<br><br><b>--status</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress all output, only return exit status.<br><br><b>--strict</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking, exit non-zero for improperly formatted lines.<br><br><b>--warn</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When checking, warn about improperly formatted lines.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays version information and exits.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help message and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>shasum</b> is a command-line utility used to compute and verify SHA hash values (SHA-1, SHA-224, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512) for files or standard input. It's crucial for ensuring data integrity and authenticity. When you download a file, its publisher often provides a checksum. You can then run <b>shasum</b> on the downloaded file and compare the calculated checksum with the provided one. If they match, it confirms that the file has not been altered or corrupted during transmission. <b>shasum</b> supports various SHA algorithms, making it versatile for different security requirements. It can also read checksums from a file (generated by a previous <b>shasum</b> run) and verify them against the actual files, reporting any mismatches. This feature is particularly useful for batch verification of multiple files.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>shasum</b> is typically part of Perl's <i>Digest::SHA</i> module and might not be pre-installed on all minimal Linux distributions. It generally provides more SHA algorithm options than older utilities like <b>sha1sum</b>, <b>sha256sum</b>, etc., which are often from GNU Coreutils.


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
<b>shasum</b> exits with 0 if all checks passed or if no files were specified and successfully processed. A non-zero exit status indicates an error (e.g., checksum mismatch, file not found, invalid argument).


title: USAGE EXAMPLES
content:
<I>Calculating a SHA-256 sum for a file:</I><br> `<b>shasum</b> -a 256 my_file.txt`<br><br><I>Verifying checksums from a file:</I><br> `<b>shasum</b> -c checksums.sha`<br><br><I>Calculating sum from standard input:</I><br> `echo "hello world" | <b>shasum</b>`<br><br><I>Generating a checksum file for multiple files (SHA-512):</I><br> `<b>shasum</b> -a 512 *.zip > all_zips.sha512`<br><br><I>Checking the generated file:</I><br> `<b>shasum</b> -c all_zips.sha512`


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>shasum</b> emerged as a versatile utility from the <i>Digest::SHA</i> Perl module, primarily developed and maintained by individuals like Mark Shelor. Its ability to handle various SHA algorithms via a single command, configurable with the <i>-a</i> flag, made it a popular choice, particularly in environments leveraging Perl. It often serves as a flexible alternative or complement to the more specific <b>*sum</b> utilities found in GNU Coreutils.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-f</b> <i>script_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the input shell script file to be compiled.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i>output_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the name of the output executable binary file. If not specified, it defaults to <i>script_file</i>.x.<br><br><b><b>-r</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Relaxes security. Allows the compiled script to be executed by any user, not just the one who compiled it (setuid/setgid issues apply).<br><br><b><b>-T</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables traceability. Allows the compiled script to be traced (e.g., with <i>strace</i>) and debugged, compromising obfuscation.<br><br><b><b>-e</b> <i>date</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets an expiration date for the compiled binary in YYYY/MM/DD format. After this date, the script will not execute.<br><br><b><b>-m</b> <i>message</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a message to be displayed when the compiled script expires.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, showing compilation steps and messages.<br><br><b><b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>-i</b> <i>inclusion_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Includes an external file into the compiled script. Useful for shared libraries or data.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <i>last_lines_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Appends the content of <i>last_lines_file</i> to the end of the compiled script's C source code before compilation.<br><br><b><b>-x</b> <i>extra_options</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Passes extra options to the C compiler (e.g., <i>-static</i> for static linking).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>shc</i> (Shell Script Compiler) is a tool designed to convert a shell script into a C source code file, which is then compiled into a self-contained, executable binary. Its primary purpose is to provide a basic level of obfuscation and protection for shell scripts. By compiling the script, <i>shc</i> makes it more difficult for unauthorized users to read, understand, or modify the original script's logic, as the human-readable script content is embedded within a compiled binary.<br><br>While <i>shc</i> offers a deterrent against casual inspection, it is important to note that it does not provide strong encryption or true security. A determined attacker with appropriate tools and knowledge could potentially reverse-engineer the binary to recover the original script or its logic. However, for many common use cases, it effectively hides the script's content from a quick glance, adding a layer of obscurity. The resulting binary can then be distributed and executed without requiring the original script file or even an interpreter on the target system (if static compilation is ensured).


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>shc</i> provides obfuscation, not strong security or encryption. The compiled binary can potentially be reverse-engineered to reveal the original script's content or logic, especially by skilled individuals.<br><br>The generated executable is platform-dependent; a binary compiled on one architecture (e.g., x86) may not run on another (e.g., ARM).<br><br>Debugging compiled <i>shc</i> scripts is significantly harder, even with the <b>-T</b> option.<br><br>For scripts requiring high security, <i>shc</i> should not be relied upon as the sole protection mechanism. Consider alternative methods like proper access control, encryption of sensitive data, or rewriting critical parts in a compiled language.


title: RUNTIME ENVIRONMENT
content:
The <i>shc</i> compiled binary still requires the standard shell (e.g., <i>bash</i>, <i>sh</i>) to be present on the target system for execution, as it effectively embeds the script and executes it through the system's shell interpreter at runtime. It's not a true compiler in the sense that it translates the script directly into machine code; instead, it wraps the script in a C program that executes the script.


title: SECURITY IMPLICATIONS
content:
While <i>shc</i> hides the script, the original script is typically stored in an obfuscated form within the binary. Tools like <i>strings</i> can often extract fragments of the original script, and more advanced reverse engineering can fully recover it. Therefore, avoid embedding sensitive information (like passwords or API keys) directly within scripts compiled with <i>shc</i> unless other robust security measures are in place.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>shc</i> was created by Francisco Rosales. Its development began in the early 2000s, providing a unique solution for shell script obfuscation in environments where basic protection against casual inspection was desired. While not part of core Linux distributions, it has found its niche among system administrators and script developers looking to distribute scripts without fully exposing their source code. Its design principles reflect the practicality of making shell scripts less readable without the overhead of full-fledged encryption or more complex protection schemes.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>shellcheck</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] [<i>FILE ...</i>]<br><b>shellcheck</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <i>--shell</i>=<i>SH</i> <i>-</i><br><br><i>FILE ...</i>: One or more shell script files to analyze.<br><i>-</i>: Reads script content from standard input.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><code>--external-sources</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Include <code>source</code>d files in the analysis. By default, <code>source</code>d files are ignored.<br><br><b><code>--format=FMT</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output format. Common formats include <i>tty</i> (default, human-readable), <i>gcc</i> (for integration with compilers/IDEs), <i>json</i>, <i>checkstyle</i>, and <i>quiet</i>.<br><br><b><code>--severity=LEVEL</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the minimum severity level to report. Levels are <i>error</i>, <i>warning</i>, <i>info</i>, and <i>style</i>. Defaults to <i>info</i>.<br><br><b><code>--enable=CODE</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable specific checks by their SC code (e.g., <code>SC2000</code>). Can be a comma-separated list or specified multiple times.<br><br><b><code>--disable=CODE</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable specific checks by their SC code (e.g., <code>SC2039</code>). Can be a comma-separated list or specified multiple times.<br><br><b><code>--shell=SH</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Explicitly specify the shell dialect to use for analysis (<i>sh</i>, <i>bash</i>, <i>dash</i>, <i>ksh</i>). If omitted, Shellcheck tries to guess from the shebang.<br><br><b><code>--color=WHEN</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Control output coloring. Options are <i>always</i>, <i>auto</i> (default), or <i>never</i>.<br><br><b><code>--version</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the Shellcheck version information.<br><br><b><code>--help</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Shellcheck is a powerful static analysis tool designed to find common mistakes and bad practices in shell scripts. It supports various shell dialects including <b>bash</b>, <b>dash</b>, and <b>ksh</b>.<br><br>By analyzing scripts without executing them, Shellcheck helps identify a wide range of issues, from simple syntax errors and missing quotes to more complex logical flaws, potential security vulnerabilities (like command injection opportunities), and violations of best practices. It provides detailed explanations for each detected issue, often including suggested fixes and links to its comprehensive wiki for further information. This makes it an invaluable asset for improving script quality, reliability, and maintainability. Shellcheck is widely used by developers for proactive error detection and can be seamlessly integrated into development workflows and Continuous Integration/Continuous Deployment (CI/CD) pipelines.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li>Shellcheck performs <I>static analysis</I>, meaning it does not execute the script. Therefore, it cannot detect runtime errors or issues that depend on specific execution conditions or external program outputs.</li><li>While highly accurate, it can occasionally produce <I>false positives</I> for complex or highly dynamic shell constructs that are difficult to analyze without execution.</li><li>It primarily focuses on common pitfalls and best practices; it might not catch every possible logical flaw or adherence to highly specialized coding standards.</li><li>Effective use often requires understanding the specific <I>SC codes</I> reported, although Shellcheck's output and wiki links are excellent resources.</li></ul>


title: ERROR CODES AND EXPLANATIONS
content:
Each issue identified by Shellcheck is assigned a unique <I>SC code</I> (e.g., <b>SC2086</b> for 'Double quote to prevent globbing and word splitting'). Shellcheck's output not only provides this code but also a concise description and, crucially, a direct link to its wiki page (e.g., <i>https://www.shellcheck.net/wiki/SC2086</i>). These wiki pages offer in-depth explanations, common scenarios, and concrete examples of how to fix the reported issue, making Shellcheck an invaluable learning resource for shell scripting.


title: EDITOR INTEGRATION
content:
Shellcheck can be seamlessly integrated into many popular code editors and Integrated Development Environments (IDEs), including <I>VS Code</I>, <I>Vim</I>, <I>Emacs</I>, and others. This integration provides <I>real-time feedback</I> as you type, highlighting potential issues directly within your editor. This immediate visual cue significantly speeds up the development process by allowing developers to catch and fix errors proactively, often before even attempting to run the script.


title: HISTORY
content:
Shellcheck was created by <I>Koichi Sakata</I> and first released in <I>2012</I>. It is notably implemented in <I>Haskell</I>, a functional programming language, which contributes to its robust parsing capabilities and reliability. The project was conceived to fill a significant gap in the shell scripting ecosystem by providing a reliable and comprehensive tool to catch common errors and encourage best practices, similar to how linters exist for other programming languages. Its intuitive interface, clear error messages, and detailed explanations quickly led to its widespread adoption within the Unix/Linux communities and integration into professional development workflows.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<I>bash(1)</I>: The GNU Bourne-Again SHell, a common target for Shellcheck's analysis., <I>sh(1)</I>: The standard command language interpreter, representing POSIX-compliant shell scripting., <I>dash(1)</I>: A lightweight, POSIX-compliant shell often used for system scripts., <I>ksh(1)</I>: The KornShell, another powerful and widely used shell environment., <I>lint(1)</I>: A general term for static analysis tools; Shellcheck is a specialized linter for shell scripts.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>shellinaboxd</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] [--service=<i>SERVICE</i>]<br><i>Example:</i> <b>shellinaboxd -p 8080 --disable-ssl -s /bin/bash</b><br><i>Example:</i> <b>shellinaboxd -s "/usr/bin/ssh example.com" -u www-data -g www-data -c /etc/shellinabox/certificate.pem</b>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--port=<I>PORT</I>, -p <I>PORT</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the TCP port for <i>shellinaboxd</i> to listen on. Default is 4200.<br><br><b>--disable-ssl, -t</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables SSL/TLS encryption for connections. Highly discouraged for production environments due to security risks.<br><br><b>--cert=<I>PATH</I>, -c <I>PATH</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the SSL certificate file (e.g., <i>certificate.pem</i>) to be used for HTTPS.<br><br><b>--shell=<I>PATH</I>, -s <I>PATH</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the default shell or command to execute when a new session is established. Default is <i>/bin/login</i>.<br><br><b>--user=<I>USER</I>, -u <I>USER</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the user account under which the daemon process should run, usually for security reasons after initial setup.<br><br><b>--group=<I>GROUP</I>, -g <I>GROUP</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the group account under which the daemon process should run.<br><br><b>--service=<I>SERVICE</I>, --o <I>SERVICE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines a service mapping, allowing different URLs to execute different commands or connect to different hosts/ports. Format: <i>[<url-path>]:<host>:<port>:<user>:<group>:<args></i>.<br><br><b>--background[=<I>PIDFILE</I>], -b[=<I>PIDFILE</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs <i>shellinaboxd</i> in the background as a daemon. Optionally creates a PID file at the specified path.<br><br><b>--verbose, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, providing more detailed logging information.<br><br><b>--debug, -d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables debug output, providing even more detailed logs, useful for troubleshooting.<br><br><b>--linkify</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically converts detected URLs in the terminal output into clickable links.<br><br><b>--user-css=<I>PATH</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a path to a custom CSS file to style the web interface.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>shellinaboxd</i> is the daemon process for Shell In A Box, a web-based terminal emulator. It allows users to access a command-line interface (CLI) or an arbitrary command remotely through a standard web browser. The daemon acts as a server, listening for incoming HTTP or HTTPS connections, and then renders a fully functional terminal interface within the client's browser using JavaScript. This eliminates the need for specialized client software like SSH clients, making it convenient for remote administration, educational purposes, or providing quick access to a server from any device with a web browser. It supports SSL/TLS for secure communication and can be configured to serve specific user shells or other services.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Security Risk:</b> Exposing a shell over HTTP or unencrypted HTTPS (without a valid, trusted certificate) poses significant security risks. Always use HTTPS with a valid certificate.<br><b>Authentication:</b> By default, it relies on system authentication mechanisms (e.g., <i>/bin/login</i>). Ensure strong passwords and proper user management on the host system.<br><b>Resource Usage:</b> Each active session consumes system resources. Performance may degrade with many simultaneous users.<br><b>Limited Features:</b> While functional, it may lack some advanced features found in native terminal emulators or SSH clients (e.g., direct file transfer, advanced key mappings).


title: USE CASES
content:
<ul><li>Remote server administration from any device with a web browser.</li><li>Providing limited shell access to users without requiring SSH client setup.</li><li>Educational purposes, allowing students to access a Linux environment easily.</li><li>Embedding terminal access directly into web applications or dashboards.</li></ul>


title: WEB INTERFACE CUSTOMIZATION
content:
<i>shellinaboxd</i> offers options to customize the appearance of the web terminal through CSS, allowing integration with existing web designs and branding.


title: HISTORY
content:
Shell In A Box was primarily developed by Markus Gutschke and first released around 2008-2009. It emerged as a solution for providing convenient web-based access to a Linux shell, particularly useful in environments where traditional SSH clients might be blocked or unavailable, or for quick administrative tasks from various devices without prior client software installation. Its development provided a lightweight and accessible way to interact with servers directly from a web browser, predating the widespread adoption of more integrated cloud-based shell environments.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>&lt;<i>USERNAME</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The username(s) to search for across social media platforms. Multiple usernames can be provided.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the help message and exits, showing all available options.<br><br><b>-v, --verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, showing more detailed information during the search process.<br><br><b>-o &lt;<i>FOLDER_NAME</i>&gt;, --folder &lt;<i>FOLDER_NAME</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a folder where the results (e.g., CSV, JSON) will be saved. If the folder does not exist, it will be created.<br><br><b>--csv</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Saves the search results in Comma Separated Values (CSV) format to a file in the output folder.<br><br><b>--json</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Saves the search results in JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) format to a file in the output folder.<br><br><b>-t &lt;<i>TIMEOUT</i>&gt;, --timeout &lt;<i>TIMEOUT</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the maximum time in seconds to wait for a response from each website before considering it a timeout.<br><br><b>-p &lt;<i>PROXY_URL</i>&gt;, --proxy &lt;<i>PROXY_URL</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a proxy server to route all traffic through (e.g., <i>socks5://127.0.0.1:9050</i>).<br><br><b>--tor</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Routes all search traffic through the Tor network, enhancing anonymity. Requires a running Tor service.<br><br><b>--site &lt;<i>SITE_NAME</i>&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Restricts the search to only the specified social media site(s). Can be used multiple times for several sites.<br><br><b>--list-sites</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints a list of all social media sites currently supported by <i>sherlock</i>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sherlock</i> is an open-source Python tool designed to find social media profiles across a vast number of social networks simply by providing a username. It automates the process of checking if a specific username exists on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, TikTok, and many others. The tool identifies user accounts by constructing URLs for each platform and analyzing web responses (e.g., 200 OK or specific error messages) to determine the presence or absence of a user. It's widely used by cybersecurity professionals, OSINT (Open Source Intelligence) researchers, and individuals to verify online identities, investigate usernames, and gather information efficiently. While not a standard Linux command, it is a powerful utility often used in Linux environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>sherlock</i> is a Python-based tool and not a built-in Linux command; it requires Python and <b>pip</b> for installation. Its effectiveness relies on the current structure and responses of target websites, which can change without notice, potentially leading to false positives or negatives. Performance can vary significantly based on network speed, the number of sites queried, and potential rate-limiting by social media platforms. Users should exercise ethical considerations and ensure legal compliance when using this tool for information gathering.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
Since <i>sherlock</i> is a Python package, it is typically installed using <b>pip</b>:<br>pip3 install sherlock<br>It can also be run directly from its Git repository for the latest development version.


title: HOW IT WORKS
content:
<i>sherlock</i> operates by systematically generating URLs for a given username across its database of supported social media sites. It then sends HTTP requests to these URLs and analyzes the server responses. The tool looks for specific indicators, such as HTTP 200 (OK) status codes, unique error messages (e.g., 'Page not found', 'User not found'), or redirects, to deduce whether a username exists on that particular platform. This process is optimized to handle different site structures and response patterns.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>sherlock</i> tool was initially developed by Harrison French and open-sourced on GitHub around 2018-2019. Its creation addressed the tedious manual process of checking usernames across numerous social media platforms, providing an automated and efficient solution. It quickly gained significant traction within the OSINT (Open Source Intelligence) and cybersecurity communities due to its utility and ease of use. The project continues to be actively maintained and improved by its contributors, adapting to changes in social media platforms and expanding its list of supported sites.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>shfmt</i> [<i>options</i>] [<i>file ...</i>]<br><i>shfmt</i> [<i>options</i>] <i>directory ...</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-f <pattern></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Filter files to format by glob pattern.<br><br><b>-l</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List files whose formatting differs from <i>shfmt</i>'s style.<br><br><b>-w</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Write result to source file instead of standard output.<br><br><b>-d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display diffs instead of writing results to files.<br><br><b>-p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Parse and format the file as a Go template.<br><br><b>-i <indent></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set indentation style (number of spaces). Use `0` for tabs.<br><br><b>-bn</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Binary operators (like <i>&&</i>, <i>||</i>) stay on their line.<br><br><b>-kp</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Keep parentheses on the same line as the statement.<br><br><b>-s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Simplify the code (e.g., remove redundant $ for command substitutions).<br><br><b>-sr</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Keep spaces around <i>[[ ]]</i> expressions.<br><br><b>-ln</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Line number for error reporting.<br><br><b>-ci</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Indent switch cases.<br><br><b>-fn</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force <i>func</i> keyword for function definitions.<br><br><b>-st</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Simplify test commands (<i>[ ]</i> to <i>[[ ]]</i>).<br><br><b>-o <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Write formatted output to <i>file</i> (only with one input file).<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print version and exit.<br><br><b>-h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show help and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>shfmt</i> is an opinionated shell script formatter for <i>sh</i>, <i>bash</i>, <i>mksh</i>, and <i>dash</i>. It aims to produce consistent and readable shell code by automatically adjusting indentation, spacing, and other stylistic elements. Inspired by <i>gofmt</i>, <i>shfmt</i> strives for a single, canonical format, eliminating debates over coding style. It's built on a robust parser, ensuring that the formatted output remains syntactically correct and semantically equivalent to the original script. This tool is invaluable for maintaining code quality, especially in collaborative environments, as it standardizes the appearance of shell scripts across projects and teams. It can format files in place, print to standard output, or show diffs.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>shfmt</i> is opinionated and applies a fixed set of formatting rules. While it aims to be non-destructive, scripts with highly unusual or tricky syntax might behave unexpectedly, though this is rare. It also does not perform static analysis or linting; for that, tools like <i>shellcheck</i> are more appropriate. Users transitioning to <i>shfmt</i> might find the initial reformatting of existing codebases substantial.


title: <B>UNCOMPROMISING STYLE</B>
content:
<i>shfmt</i> is designed to be an opinionated formatter. It dictates a single, consistent style for shell scripts, removing the need for manual style guides and endless debates over formatting preferences. This "uncompromising" approach ensures uniform code appearance across projects.


title: <B>GO IMPLEMENTATION</B>
content:
The tool is implemented in Go, leveraging Go's robust parser infrastructure. This implementation choice contributes to <i>shfmt</i>'s speed, reliability, and ease of distribution as a single static binary.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>shfmt</i> was created by Daniel Martí and first released in 2016. Its development was inspired by <i>gofmt</i>, the canonical formatter for the Go programming language, aiming to provide a similar "uncompromising" and consistent formatting experience for shell scripts. It quickly gained popularity within the Go community and beyond due to its reliability and the clarity it brings to shell scripting, addressing a long-standing need for a robust shell code formatter.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An optional integer specifying the number of positions to shift the parameters. If <I>n</I> is omitted, it defaults to 1. <I>n</I> must be a non-negative integer less than or equal to the current number of positional parameters (<b>$#</b>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>shift</b> is a powerful shell built-in command used within shell scripts or functions to manipulate positional parameters (like <b>$1</b>, <b>$2</b>, <b>$3</b>, etc.). When <b>shift</b> is called without arguments, it renames the positional parameters: <b>$2</b> becomes <b>$1</b>, <b>$3</b> becomes <b>$2</b>, and so on. The original <b>$1</b> is discarded. This is particularly useful for iterating through a list of command-line arguments, especially when some arguments might be options that need to be processed before the remaining arguments. For instance, after processing an option and its value (e.g., <I>-o value</I>), <b>shift</b> can be used twice to remove both from the argument list, bringing the next argument to <b>$1</b>. The special parameter <b>$#</b>, which holds the number of positional parameters, is decremented by the shift amount. If <b>shift</b> is called with an argument <I>n</I>, it shifts the parameters <I>n</I> times. For example, <I>shift 2</I> would discard <b>$1</b> and <b>$2</b>, move <b>$3</b> to <b>$1</b>, <b>$4</b> to <b>$2</b>, and so forth. If <I>n</I> is greater than <b>$#</b>, it's an error. This command is fundamental for writing robust scripts that parse various types of command-line input.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>shift</b> is a <I>shell built-in</I> command, not an external executable. This means it operates directly within the shell's memory space and doesn't require a separate process to run.<br>It directly modifies the shell's positional parameters of the current script or function, affecting subsequent access to <I>$1</I>, <I>$2</I>, etc.<br>Shifting past the available parameters (<I>n</I> > <I>$#</I>) will result in an error and the command's exit status will be non-zero.<br>The original values of the shifted-out parameters (e.g., <I>$1</I> when <I>shift</I> is called) are lost and cannot be retrieved.


title: COMMON USAGE PATTERN
content:
A common pattern for processing all arguments in a script or function is a <I>while</I> loop:<br><br><I>while [ "$#" -gt 0 ]; do<br> # Process $1<br> shift<br>done</I><br><br>This loop continues as long as there are arguments remaining. After each iteration, <I>shift</I> moves the next argument into <I>$1</I>, effectively consuming the current <I>$1</I>.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>shift</b> command has been a fundamental feature of Unix shells since their early days, including the Bourne shell (sh) and later shells like csh, ksh, bash, and zsh. Its core functionality of manipulating positional parameters for command-line argument processing has remained consistent due to its essential role in scripting. Its simplicity and effectiveness have ensured its continued presence as a basic building block for shell programming.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the command's version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>-t</b>, <b>--test</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs latency and bandwidth tests on all configured mirrors without applying changes. Outputs detailed performance metrics.<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--rank</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Ranks mirrors based on test results (speed, availability, freshness). Can be combined with <b>--test</b> to show ranking after testing.<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--select</b> <i>&lt;N&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selects the top <i>N</i> fastest and most reliable mirrors to be used. Requires <b>--update</b> to apply changes.<br><br><b><b>-u</b>, <b>--update</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies the selected mirror changes to the system's package manager configuration file. <b><i>Use with caution, as this modifies system configuration.</i></b><br><br><b><b>-f</b>, <b>--fastest</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically selects only the single fastest mirror found and, if <b>--update</b> is specified, sets it as the primary mirror.<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--config</b> <i>&lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative mirror configuration file to read from or write to, instead of the default system-wide one.<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--package-manager</b> <i>&lt;name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Explicitly specifies the package manager whose mirrors should be optimized (e.g., <i>apt</i>, <i>dnf</i>, <i>pacman</i>). If omitted, the command might attempt to auto-detect.<br><br><b><b>-o</b>, <b>--output</b> <i>&lt;format&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output format for test results or mirror lists (e.g., <i>plain</i>, <i>json</i>, <i>csv</i>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command <b>shiny-mirrors</b> is <i>not a standard Linux utility</i>.<br><br>The following description, synopsis, and parameters are <b>hypothetical</b>, based on the descriptive nature of the name "shiny-mirrors".<br><br>If it existed, <b>shiny-mirrors</b> would likely be a sophisticated script or tool designed to automate the process of finding and selecting optimal package repository mirrors for Linux distributions. Its primary function would be to analyze a list of available mirrors (e.g., for APT, DNF, Pacman, or other package managers) by testing their latency, bandwidth, and potentially their synchronization status. After evaluating the mirrors, it would rank them based on performance and availability, allowing users to update their system's mirror configuration file (e.g., <code>/etc/apt/sources.list</code>, <code>/etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist</code>) to use the fastest and most reliable sources. This would significantly improve package download speeds and overall system update efficiency.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The command <b>shiny-mirrors</b> is <i>not a standard, pre-installed Linux command</i> found in most distributions. The information provided here is purely <b>hypothetical</b> and based on what such a command <i>might</i> do given its name. It is possible that "shiny-mirrors" refers to a custom script or a tool used in a very specific environment or distribution. Users should verify its existence and functionality in their specific system context before attempting to use it.


title: HYPOTHETICAL IMPLEMENTATION
content:
A command like <b>shiny-mirrors</b> could be implemented using various scripting languages (e.g., Python, Bash) and would likely leverage network tools like <b>ping(8)</b> for latency tests and <b>curl(1)</b> or <b>wget(1)</b> for bandwidth and availability checks. It would require root privileges to modify system-wide package manager configuration files.


title: COMMON USE CASES (HYPOTHETICAL)
content:
Users might hypothetically run <b>shiny-mirrors</b> to improve download speeds in regions with poor network routing, to find mirrors that are more frequently updated, or to recover from issues with slow or unresponsive default mirrors. It would be particularly useful for users on rolling-release distributions or those compiling many packages.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>add &lt;url&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a new bookmark from the specified URL. Various options allow setting title, tags, and custom notes.<br><br><b>list</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a list of all saved bookmarks. Supports filtering, sorting, and pagination.<br><br><b>search &lt;keyword&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Searches bookmarks by keyword in titles, URLs, or tags. Supports multiple keywords and specific fields.<br><br><b>update &lt;id&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Modifies an existing bookmark by its ID. Allows changing title, URL, tags, and other properties.<br><br><b>delete &lt;id&gt;...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Deletes one or more bookmarks by their IDs. Can also delete all bookmarks at once.<br><br><b>open &lt;id&gt;...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Opens one or more bookmarks in the default web browser.<br><br><b>tags</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Manages and lists existing tags used for bookmarks. Can be used to rename or delete tags.<br><br><b>serve</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Starts the Shiori web server, making the bookmark manager accessible via a web browser.<br><br><b>import &lt;path&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Imports bookmarks from a file, commonly supporting Netscape HTML format.<br><br><b>export &lt;path&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exports all bookmarks to a file in a specified format (e.g., Netscape HTML).<br><br><b>version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the current Shiori application version.<br><br><b>--help, -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help information for the main command or a specific subcommand.<br><br><b>--port &lt;port&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Global option: Specifies the port for the web server when using the 'serve' command.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Shiori is an open-source, self-hosted bookmark manager primarily written in Go. It provides a robust command-line interface for managing bookmarks, alongside a sleek web-based user interface. Users can save, organize, tag, and search their web links efficiently. A key feature is its ability to archive web pages, ensuring content remains accessible even if the original source changes or disappears. It's designed for personal use, offering a private and customizable alternative to cloud-based bookmarking services. Shiori is not a standard Linux system utility but rather an application that can be installed and run on Linux.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Shiori is not a standard Linux command or system utility. It is an independent open-source application that must be installed separately (e.g., by compiling from source or downloading a pre-built binary). Its behavior, available commands, and options might vary based on the installed version. Each subcommand also possesses its own set of specific options (flags) not fully detailed here, which can be viewed using <b>shiori &lt;command&gt; --help</b>.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
Shiori is not pre-installed on most Linux systems. It can be installed by downloading pre-built binaries from its GitHub releases page, or by compiling it from source using Go. For instance, to install from source: <i>go install github.com/go-shiori/shiori/cmd/shiori@latest</i><br>Some Linux distributions or community repositories might offer pre-packaged versions, but these are not universally available.


title: COMMON USAGE PATTERNS
content:
To add a new bookmark:<br><b>shiori add https://example.com --title "Example Site" --tags web,reference</b><br><br>To start the web UI:<br><b>shiori serve --port 8080</b><br><br>To list all bookmarks:<br><b>shiori list</b><br><br>To search for a bookmark:<br><b>shiori search linux</b>


title: HISTORY
content:
Shiori was created by Raditya I.R. as an open-source project, with its initial public releases and development beginning around late 2018 to early 2019. It emerged as a response to the need for a self-hosted, private, and efficient bookmark management solution, distinct from commercial cloud offerings. Its development primarily utilizes the Go programming language, leveraging its capabilities for creating fast and portable binaries.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<pre>shnsplit [<b>-f</b> <i>format</i>] [<b>-r</b> <i>rip_file</i>] [<b>-a</b>] [<b>-n</b>] [<b>-d</b> <i>dirname</i>] [<b>-o</b> <i>format</i>] [<b>-t</b> <i>cue_file</i>] [<i>input_file ...</i>]</pre><i>Note:</i> The most common usage involves specifying both a CUE file and an output format, with the <i>input_file</i> often being the last argument.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>input_file ...</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path(s) to the large audio file(s) to be split. This is typically a .shn, .flac, .ape, or .wav file.<br><br><b><b>-t</b> <i>cue_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the CUE sheet file that defines the track boundaries and metadata for splitting.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i>format</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Determines the output format for the individual track files (e.g., <b>flac</b>, <b>wav</b>, <b>ape</b>, <b>shn</b>, <b>wv</b>). Requires appropriate codecs to be installed.<br><br><b><b>-f</b> <i>format</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces the input audio format. Useful if shnsplit cannot automatically determine the file type.<br><br><b><b>-d</b> <i>dirname</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an existing directory where the split audio files will be placed.<br><br><b><b>-n</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a 'dry run'. It will show what files would be created without actually performing the splitting operation.<br><br><b><b>-a</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Appends to existing output files (if applicable, typically for rip files, not individual tracks).<br><br><b><b>-r</b> <i>rip_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generates a 'rip' file (a text file summarizing the split operation) instead of splitting audio.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<code>shnsplit</code> is a command-line utility designed to <i>split a single large audio file</i> (often a lossless audio format like Shorten, FLAC, APE, or WAV) into multiple smaller, individual track files. It primarily uses a <b>CUE sheet (.cue file)</b> to define the exact start and end points for each track, along with metadata such as track titles and artist information. This makes it invaluable for processing ripped CDs, live recordings, or continuous mixes where all tracks are contained within one large file.<br><br><code>shnsplit</code> is part of the <b>shntool suite</b> and acts as a user-friendly frontend specifically for the splitting task. It leverages <code>shntool</code>'s backend capabilities to handle various audio formats, provided the necessary external encoders/decoders (like <code>flac</code>, <code>wavpack</code>, <code>mac</code>) are installed on the system. The output files can be generated in the same format as the input or converted to a different format, offering flexibility for audio management and archival.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Dependency:</b> <code>shnsplit</code> relies on the core <b>shntool</b> utility and external codecs (like <code>flac</code>, <code>wavpack</code>, <code>mac</code>) for handling various audio formats. Ensure these are installed for full functionality.</li><li><b>CUE Sheet Accuracy:</b> The quality and accuracy of the splitting process are entirely dependent on the CUE sheet. Errors in the CUE file will result in incorrectly split tracks.</li><li><b>Disk Space:</b> Splitting a large lossless audio file into multiple lossless files will require significant disk space, potentially double the size of the original file during the process.</li><li><b>ID3 Tags:</b> While <code>shnsplit</code> uses CUE sheet metadata for filenames, it may not embed ID3 tags (or similar metadata) directly into the output audio files. Post-processing with a tag editor might be necessary.</li></ul>


title: COMMON USAGE EXAMPLE
content:
To split a FLAC audio file named <i>'album.flac'</i> using a CUE sheet named <i>'album.cue'</i> into individual FLAC tracks in a 'tracks' subdirectory:<br><pre>shnsplit -t album.cue -o flac -d tracks album.flac</pre>


title: OUTPUT FILENAME CONVENTIONS
content:
By default, <code>shnsplit</code> generates output filenames based on the CUE sheet's track information, typically in the format of <i>'artist - album - track_number - track_title.ext'</i>, or similar, making the resulting files well-organized and easy to identify. The exact naming convention can sometimes be influenced by <code>shntool</code>'s configuration or external tools.


title: HISTORY
content:
<code>shnsplit</code> is an integral part of the <b>shntool</b> suite, a collection of utilities for manipulating lossless audio files, primarily developed by <i>Jason Green</i>. The <code>shntool</code> project began as a tool for Shorten (.shn) files but expanded to support other lossless formats like FLAC, APE, and WAV. <code>shnsplit</code> emerged as a dedicated frontend to simplify the common task of splitting a single audio stream into multiple tracks using CUE sheet information, becoming a staple for audiophiles managing their digital music collections.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print shell options in a format that can be reused as input for <b>shopt</b>.<br><br><b>-q</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress output; primarily used for testing if an option is set or unset by checking the exit status.<br><br><b>-s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set (enable) the specified shell options.<br><br><b>-u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Unset (disable) the specified shell options.<br><br><b>-o</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Restrict options to those from <b>set -o</b> that are also controllable by <b>shopt</b>.<br><br><b>optname</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The name of the shell option to act upon. If omitted with <b>-s</b> or <b>-u</b>, <b>shopt</b> lists all current option settings.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>shopt</b> is a <i>Bash built-in command</i> used to examine, set, or unset a variety of shell options that control the shell's behavior. These options are distinct from those managed by <b>set -o</b>, offering finer-grained control over various aspects of interactive and non-interactive Bash sessions. It enables users to customize features like history expansion, filename globbing, command completion, and more.<br><br>When invoked without arguments, <b>shopt</b> lists all available options and their current status (on/off). By specifying <i>optname</i> with <b>-s</b> or <b>-u</b>, users can enable or disable specific behaviors. This command is crucial for tailoring the Bash environment to individual preferences or script requirements.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>shopt</b> is a Bash-specific built-in command and is not available in other shells like <i>zsh</i>, <i>dash</i>, or <i>ksh</i> (which have their own mechanisms for option management).<br><br>Options set with <b>shopt</b> are typically local to the current shell session or script where they are applied. They do not persist across new shell invocations unless set in a shell startup file (e.g., <i>~/.bashrc</i>).


title: LISTING OPTIONS
content:
To see all currently configured <b>shopt</b> options and their status (on/off), simply run <b>shopt</b> without any arguments. Use <b>shopt -s</b> to list only enabled options, and <b>shopt -u</b> to list only disabled options.


title: COMMON USE CASES
content:
Commonly used for enabling or disabling features like <i>cdspell</i> (corrects minor spelling errors in <b>cd</b> arguments), <i>extglob</i> (enables extended pattern matching for globbing), <i>histappend</i> (appends history to the history file rather than overwriting), and <i>autocd</i> (allows typing a directory name to change to it).


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>shopt</b> command was introduced in later versions of Bash to provide a more granular and extensive set of options compared to the traditional <b>set -o</b> command. Its development aimed to offer finer control over specific Bash behaviors, enabling users to customize their interactive shell experience and write more robust scripts. It became a standard part of Bash's feature set, evolving with new options in subsequent releases.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>file|URL</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Opens the specified video, audio, or image file, or a Shotcut project (.mlt) file. Can also accept a URL for streaming media.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message with available command-line options, primarily generic Qt options and very few Shotcut-specific ones.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the Shotcut application version information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Shotcut is a free, open-source, and cross-platform video editing software, supporting a vast array of audio, video, and image formats via FFmpeg. It enables users to perform various editing tasks, including trimming, cutting, merging, adding effects, filters, and transitions. Shotcut offers multi-track editing, a customizable user interface, and hardware acceleration support. While primarily a graphical user interface (GUI) application, it can be launched from the command line to open specific media files or projects, making it convenient for quick access and integration into workflows.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Shotcut is primarily a GUI application; its command-line functionality is limited to launching and opening files, not for complex batch processing or scripting of edits. Performance can vary significantly depending on hardware specifications, especially with high-resolution video or complex project timelines.


title: MLT FRAMEWORK
content:
Shotcut heavily relies on the <i>MLT</i> (Media Lovin' Toolkit) multimedia framework. This underlying framework provides the core video processing capabilities, allowing Shotcut to handle a wide range of formats and complex editing tasks efficiently, acting as its powerful backend.


title: PORTABLE VERSIONS
content:
Shotcut is available in portable versions for various operating systems, including Linux. These versions do not require installation and can be run directly from a USB drive or unzipped folder, offering flexibility and convenience for users on different machines or for sandboxed environments.


title: HISTORY
content:
Shotcut was first released in 2011 by Dan Dennedy, a co-founder of the <i>MLT</i> multimedia framework. It was initially conceived as a simpler video editor but has since evolved into a full-featured, cross-platform tool, gaining considerable popularity due to its comprehensive format support and ongoing development.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-p</b>, <b>--port</b> <I>PORT</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the port to listen on. Default: 9393.<br><br><b><b>-o</b>, <b>--host</b> <I>HOST</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the host address to bind to. Default: 0.0.0.0 (all interfaces).<br><br><b><b>-e</b>, <b>--env</b> <I>ENVIRONMENT</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the Rack environment (e.g., <i>development</i>, <i>production</i>). Default: <i>development</i>.<br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <b>--daemonize</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs the server in the background as a daemon.<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--reload-dir</b> <I>DIR</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a directory to watch for file changes to trigger a reload. If not specified, the current directory is watched.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the Shotgun version.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help information and available options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Shotgun is a Ruby gem that provides a development web server for Rack applications. Its primary function is to automatically reload application code on every incoming HTTP request without requiring a server restart. This significantly speeds up the development workflow for Ruby web applications, as developers can make changes to their code and see the effects instantly in the browser. It achieves this by forking a new process for each request, ensuring that the latest version of the application's code is loaded. While incredibly convenient for development, Shotgun's per-request forking makes it unsuitable for production environments due to performance overhead. It's often used in conjunction with <b>rackup</b> or directly from a Rakefile.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Shotgun is <b>not suitable for production use</b> due to its per-request forking model, which incurs significant performance overhead. Its primary design goal is to facilitate rapid development by providing instant code reloading. It can also be slower than traditional development servers for requests that do not involve code changes, as it always reloads the application code.


title: <I>USAGE WITH RACKUP</I>
content:
Shotgun is often used by simply navigating to your Rack application's root directory and running <b>shotgun</b>. If you have a <i>config.ru</i> file, it will automatically load it. You can also specify the <i>config.ru</i> file explicitly as an argument, e.g., <b>shotgun</b> <I>my_app/config.ru</I>.<br>It typically binds to <i>localhost:9393</i> by default, which can be accessed through your web browser.


title: <I>HOW IT WORKS</I>
content:
For each incoming HTTP request, Shotgun forks a new Ruby process. This new process loads the entire application code from scratch. This ensures that any changes made to the application's files since the last request are picked up immediately, without the need to restart the main Shotgun server process. The child process handles the request and then exits, making it a very robust mechanism for development reloading.


title: HISTORY
content:
Shotgun was developed as a Ruby gem to address a common pain point in Ruby web development: the need to manually restart the development server after every code change to see updates. It leveraged Ruby's process forking capabilities to provide immediate code reloading, making it an indispensable tool for many developers working with Rack-based frameworks like Sinatra. Its simplicity and effectiveness in streamlining the feedback loop cemented its place in the Ruby developer's toolkit.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>showconsolefont</i> is a utility from the <b>kbd</b> package that dumps the raw binary font data currently loaded into the Linux text console's EGA/VGA display adapter. This command is primarily useful for debugging console font issues, verifying the active font, or understanding the low-level structure of console fonts.<br><br>The output is typically a 4KB block representing 256 characters, with each character defined by a bitmap. It does not display a human-readable font name but rather the actual pixel data used to render characters on the console. It operates on the active virtual console.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The output of <i>showconsolefont</i> is raw binary font data, not a human-readable font name or a recognizable text string.<br><br>It is mainly relevant for traditional text-mode virtual consoles and has little utility in modern graphical environments (like X or Wayland).<br><br>If printed directly to the terminal without redirection or a suitable viewer (like <i>od</i>), the output will likely appear as garbled or unprintable characters.


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
The command typically outputs 4KB of data, corresponding to 256 characters. For a common 8x16 font, each character occupies 16 bytes (8 pixels wide, 16 rows high). This data represents the bitmap of each character's pixels.


title: VIEWING RAW OUTPUT
content:
To view the raw binary output in a more structured (e.g., octal or hexadecimal) format, it is often piped to utilities like <i>od</i> (octal dump):<br><b>showconsolefont | od -t x1c</b><br>This command will display the font data as a hexadecimal and character dump, making it somewhat readable for analysis.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>showconsolefont</i> is part of the <b>kbd</b> utilities package, which provides essential tools for managing the Linux console's keyboard and display aspects. These utilities have been fundamental since the early days of Linux to configure text-mode consoles before the widespread adoption of graphical desktop environments. Its function remains consistent with its original purpose of inspecting the active console font data.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
showfont [ -display <i>display</i> ] [ -pixmap ] [ -x ] [ -y ] [ -lsb ] [ -msb ] [ <i>fontname</i> ]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-display display</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the X server to connect to. This allows displaying fonts on a remote machine's display.<br><br><b><i>-pixmap</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces the output to be drawn into a pixmap first, then copied to the window. This can be useful for improving performance over slow network connections or for certain display configurations.<br><br><b><i>-x</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Arranges the characters horizontally across the display window. This is typically the default behavior.<br><br><b><i>-y</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Arranges the characters vertically down the display window, displaying one character per line.<br><br><b><i>-lsb</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the bit order for the font data to Least Significant Bit (LSB) first. This controls how the individual bits within a byte are interpreted for the bitmap.<br><br><b><i>-msb</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the bit order for the font data to Most Significant Bit (MSB) first. This is the common default for most systems.<br><br><b><i>fontname</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path and name of the font file to be displayed. This is typically a BDF file, but can also be PCF or SNF.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i>showfont</i> command is a utility within the X Window System used to display the characters contained within a font file on an X server. It primarily supports bitmap font formats such as BDF (Bitmap Distribution Format), PCF (Portable Compiled Format), and SNF (Server Natural Format). This tool is invaluable for font developers, designers, or anyone needing to visually inspect the actual bitmap representation of characters, including their metrics, bounding boxes, and glyphs. By providing a direct visual output, <i>showfont</i> helps in debugging font issues, verifying character design, or simply exploring the content of a font file before it is installed or used by applications. It offers options to control the display orientation (horizontal or vertical) and bit order, making it flexible for various inspection needs.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>showfont</i> requires an active X Window System display to operate, as it directly renders font bitmaps to an X server window.<br>It is primarily designed for static bitmap fonts (BDF, PCF, SNF) and does not directly support scalable font formats like TrueType or OpenType, which are more common today.<br>Performance can be an issue over slow network connections without the use of the <i>-pixmap</i> option.


title: SUPPORTED FONT FORMATS
content:
<i>showfont</i> is specifically designed to work with traditional X11 bitmap font formats, including <b>BDF</b> (Bitmap Distribution Format), <b>PCF</b> (Portable Compiled Format), and <b>SNF</b> (Server Natural Format). It does not directly render scalable outline fonts.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>showfont</i> has been a part of the X Window System distribution for a long time, originating from the early days of X11 development. It was particularly relevant when bitmap fonts were the dominant font technology on X servers. While modern systems increasingly rely on scalable font technologies (like TrueType and OpenType via Fontconfig and FreeType), <i>showfont</i> remains a useful diagnostic and inspection tool for older font assets or for understanding bitmap font structures.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help information and exit.<br><br><b><b>-V</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information and exit.<br><br><b><b>-a</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show decimal, octal, and hexadecimal values of the keypresses. This mode displays the ASCII value if the key generates one, along with its numerical representations.<br><br><b><b>-s</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show raw scan codes. This is the lowest level of information, representing the raw data sent by the keyboard to the system.<br><br><b><b>-k</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show keycodes (default mode). Keycodes are generated by the kernel based on scan codes and are used by the keymap to determine characters or actions. This is the most commonly used mode for debugging.<br><br><b><b>-m</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show meta keypresses. This mode displays events related to meta keys like Alt, Ctrl, and Shift modifiers.<br><br><b><b>-p</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show only "press" events. By default, <i>showkey</i> displays both key press and key release events. This option filters out the release events.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>showkey</i> is a utility used to display raw keyboard input on the Linux console. It monitors keystrokes and outputs either raw scan codes, interpreted keycodes, or ASCII values of the pressed keys. Its primary purpose is to aid in debugging keyboard layouts, custom keymaps, and general keyboard issues within the console (TTY) environment, as it reveals exactly what data the kernel receives from the keyboard hardware before any keyboard translation tables are applied. This makes it invaluable for understanding low-level keyboard behavior.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>showkey</i> primarily operates on the Linux console (TTYs / virtual terminals) and typically does not work within graphical environments (like X11 or Wayland sessions). It requires appropriate permissions, often root privileges, to access the keyboard device. The command automatically exits after a few seconds of keyboard inactivity, preventing it from indefinitely blocking the console input.


title: USAGE FOR DEBUGGING
content:
The main utility of <i>showkey</i> lies in its ability to reveal the exact keycodes or scan codes generated by a keypress. This is crucial when troubleshooting keyboard issues, especially when a key does not produce the expected character, or when mapping special keys. By comparing the output of <i>showkey</i> with the keymap definitions (viewable with <b>dumpkeys</b>), users can pinpoint discrepancies.


title: AUTOMATIC EXIT
content:
One notable feature of <i>showkey</i> is its built-in timeout. If no keys are pressed for approximately 10 seconds, the command automatically terminates. This prevents a user from accidentally leaving <i>showkey</i> running indefinitely and thus capturing all keyboard input, which could make the console unusable without knowing how to kill the process from another terminal or SSH session.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>showkey</i> is a long-standing utility, part of the <b>kbd</b> package, which provides a collection of programs for controlling the Linux console's keyboard and font. Its development has closely tracked the evolution of the Linux kernel's console subsystem, serving as an essential tool for system administrators and developers to diagnose and configure keyboard behavior on console sessions since the early days of Linux.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>filename</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Optional</i> path to an alternative RGB color database file. If this argument is provided, <b>showrgb</b> will read and display the contents of the specified file instead of the system's default RGB database. If omitted, the command defaults to using the standard system-wide <i>rgb.txt</i> file.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>showrgb</b> command is a simple utility within the X Window System that prints the contents of the system's RGB color name database to standard output. This database, typically stored in a file like <i>/usr/share/X11/rgb.txt</i> or <i>/etc/X11/rgb.txt</i>, contains a mapping of thousands of human-readable color names (e.g., "red", "LightBlue", "DarkGreen") to their corresponding 8-bit RGB hexadecimal values.<br><br>Users primarily employ <b>showrgb</b> as a reference or diagnostic tool to quickly look up the exact numerical RGB values associated with specific named colors that X applications recognize. When invoked without any arguments, it processes the default system RGB file. If an optional <i>filename</i> is provided, it will read and display the contents of that specified file instead. Its output typically consists of three integer values (for Red, Green, Blue components) followed by the color name on each line.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>showrgb</b> provides no built-in filtering or search capabilities; it outputs the entire content of the RGB database. For specific color lookups or a subset of entries, its output is typically piped to other commands like <b>grep</b> (e.g., <code>showrgb | grep LightBlue</code>).<br><br>The command relies on the existence and correct formatting of the <i>rgb.txt</i> file. If the file is missing, corrupted, or in an unexpected location, <b>showrgb</b> may fail or produce an error message.


title: DEFAULT RGB FILE LOCATION
content:
The primary RGB color database file that <b>showrgb</b> processes by default is typically located at <i>/usr/share/X11/rgb.txt</i> or <i>/etc/X11/rgb.txt</i>, depending on the specific Linux distribution and X11 installation. This file is crucial for X applications to correctly interpret named colors, mapping them to their corresponding numerical values.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>showrgb</b> is a fundamental utility that has been an integral part of the X Window System distribution since its early development. It emerged as a simple, yet indispensable tool for developers and users to reference the X color database. Its core functionality has remained largely unchanged over decades, reflecting its straightforward and consistent purpose within the X ecosystem.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<b>rgb.txt</b>(5): The manual page describing the format and content of the RGB color database file itself., <b>xrdb</b>(1): X resource database utility, which can load and query resources including color definitions used by X applications., <b>xcolors</b>(1): (If available) A graphical utility often used to display X color names and their values interactively., <b>grep</b>(1): A powerful command-line utility frequently used in conjunction with <b>showrgb</b> to filter its output and find specific color names or values.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-f</b>, <b>--force</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Change permissions to allow writing if necessary.<br><br><b><b>-n</b> <i>N</i>, <b>--iterations=</b><i>N</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overwrite <i>N</i> times instead of the default (3).<br><br><b><b>-u</b>[<i>HOW</i>], <b>--remove</b>[=<i>HOW</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Truncate and remove the file after overwriting. <i>HOW</i> can be 'unlink', 'wipe', or 'wipesync'.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show progress and details of the shredding process.<br><br><b><b>-z</b>, <b>--zero</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Add a final overwrite with zeros to hide the shredding process.<br><br><b><b>-x</b>, <b>--exact</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not round file sizes up to the next full block. (This is often the default for modern <b>shred</b> versions).<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>N</i>, <b>--size=</b><i>N</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shred <i>N</i> bytes. Suffixes K, M, G, T are accepted (e.g., 10M for 10 megabytes).<br><br><b><b>--random-source=</b><i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Get random bytes from <i>FILE</i> instead of the default /dev/urandom.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>shred</b> is a command-line utility in Linux designed to securely delete files. Unlike the standard <b>rm</b> command, which only removes the file's directory entry, <b>shred</b> overwrites the file's data multiple times with pseudo-random patterns. This process makes it significantly more difficult, if not impossible, to recover the original data using forensic data recovery techniques. It's crucial for protecting sensitive information before disposing of storage media or sharing a system. The number of overwriting passes can be specified, and it also includes options to zero out the last overwrite and/or remove the file after shredding. While generally effective for traditional magnetic hard drives, its utility can be limited on certain modern file systems and storage devices.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>shred</b>'s effectiveness can be significantly limited or entirely ineffective in several scenarios:<br><br><i>Journaling and Copy-on-Write Filesystems</i>: Filesystems like ext3, ext4, XFS, JFS, and NTFS, or those with copy-on-write features (e.g., Btrfs, ZFS), may keep copies of data or metadata in different locations, making recovery possible even after shredding.<br><br><i>Solid State Drives (SSDs) and Flash Memory</i>: Due to wear-leveling algorithms, SSDs and USB flash drives often relocate data blocks internally. This means <b>shred</b> might overwrite a new block, leaving the original data block containing the sensitive information untouched.<br><br><i>RAID, NAS, and Distributed Filesystems</i>: Data stripping, replication, and distributed storage mechanisms can mean copies of data exist elsewhere on the system, making file-level shredding insufficient.<br><br><i>Cached Data and Swap Space</i>: Data might exist in the operating system's cache, swap space, or application-specific temporary files, which <b>shred</b> does not target.<br><br><i>Backup Systems</i>: Previous versions of the file might exist in local or remote backup systems.<br><br><i>Metadata Retention</i>: <b>shred</b> primarily targets file content, not all associated metadata. While the file's content is overwritten, some metadata (like filenames or directory structure entries) might persist until the space is reused.


title: EFFECTIVENESS ON MODERN STORAGE
content:
While <b>shred</b> is effective on traditional magnetic hard drives, its utility is significantly reduced on modern storage like SSDs, RAID arrays, and journaling file systems due to their internal data management strategies (wear leveling, copy-on-write, journaling). For these, hardware-level secure erase commands (e.g., ATA Secure Erase) or full disk encryption are more reliable for data sanitization.


title: ALTERNATIVES FOR DISK SANITIZATION
content:
For entire disk or partition sanitization, tools like <b>dd</b> (writing /dev/zero or /dev/urandom directly to the whole device) or dedicated disk wiping utilities (often provided by disk manufacturers or specialized software) are more appropriate and effective than applying <b>shred</b> to individual files on the entire device.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>shred</b> is a core utility included in the GNU Core Utilities (`coreutils`), which are fundamental tools found in all GNU/Linux distributions. Its development has focused on providing a robust and accessible method for secure file deletion, evolving with considerations for various storage technologies. It has been a standard utility for many years, addressing the need for data sanitization beyond simple file unlinking, and continues to be maintained as part of the essential GNU toolkit.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>shuf</b> [<i>OPTION</i>]... [<i>FILE</i>]<br>OR<br><b>shuf</b> <b>-e</b> [<i>OPTION</i>]... [<i>ARG</i>]...<br>OR<br><b>shuf</b> <b>-i</b> <i>LO-HI</i> [<i>OPTION</i>]...


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-e</b>, <b>--echo</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Treat each argument as an input line to be shuffled.<br><br><b><b>-i</b> <i>LO-HI</i>, <b>--input-range</b>=<i>LO-HI</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generate numbers in the specified range <i>LO</i> to <i>HI</i> (inclusive) as input lines.<br><br><b><b>-n</b> <i>COUNT</i>, <b>--head-count</b>=<i>COUNT</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output at most <i>COUNT</i> lines from the shuffled input.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i>FILE</i>, <b>--output</b>=<i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Write output to <i>FILE</i> instead of standard output.<br><br><b><b>-r</b> <i>FILE</i>, <b>--random-source</b>=<i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Get random bytes from <i>FILE</i> (e.g., <i>/dev/urandom</i>) instead of the default source.<br><br><b><b>-z</b>, <b>--zero-terminated</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Line delimiter is NUL, not newline. Output lines are also NUL-terminated.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>shuf</i> is a command-line utility designed to generate a random permutation of its input lines. It can read lines from a specified file, from standard input, or generate a sequence of numbers within a given range. This makes it incredibly useful for tasks such as randomly selecting items from a list, shuffling data for experiments or simulations, or creating random test cases. By default, <i>shuf</i> outputs all shuffled lines to standard output. However, its behavior can be modified to limit the number of output lines using the <b>--head-count</b> option or to direct the output to a specific file. Its straightforward purpose and efficiency in handling random permutations make it a versatile tool for various scripting and data manipulation scenarios in the Linux environment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>shuf</i> loads all input into memory before performing the shuffle. For very large input files or streams, this can lead to significant memory consumption. <br>The randomness generated by <i>shuf</i>, by default, comes from the system's pseudo-random number generator (usually <i>/dev/urandom</i>). While generally sufficient for most practical purposes, it is not considered cryptographically secure without explicitly specifying a strong, truly random source using <b>--random-source</b>.


title: INPUT HANDLING
content:
When no <i>FILE</i> is specified, or when <i>FILE</i> is specified as '<b>-</b>', <i>shuf</i> reads from standard input. If a <i>FILE</i> is provided, it reads from that file. When the <b>-e</b> option is used, all subsequent command-line arguments are treated as individual input lines. The <b>-i</b> option completely bypasses file or standard input, instead generating a sequence of numbers as its input.


title: RANDOMNESS SOURCE
content:
By default, <i>shuf</i> utilizes the operating system's default source of pseudo-random numbers, typically <i>/dev/urandom</i>. The <b>--random-source</b> option offers flexibility by allowing users to specify an alternative file or device from which to read random bytes. This can be beneficial for scenarios requiring reproducible shuffles (by providing a fixed seed file) or when a higher quality of randomness is available from a different source.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>shuf</i> is a utility that is part of the GNU Coreutils package, a collection of essential tools found on most GNU/Linux systems. It was developed to provide a dedicated, standard, and efficient command for randomly permuting lines of text. Prior to its widespread adoption, similar functionality might have been achieved with less portable or more complex combinations of other commands (like GNU <i>sort -R</i> or custom scripts), making <i>shuf</i> a welcome addition that standardized this common operation.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--halt</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Halts the system. This stops the CPU, but leaves the power on, requiring a physical power-off or reset.<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--reboot</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reboots the system, performing a full system restart.<br><br><b><b>-P</b>, <b>--poweroff</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Powers off the system. This is often the default behavior if neither <b>-h</b> nor <b>-r</b> is specified, completely cutting power.<br><br><b><b>-H</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Halts the system without powering it off. Similar to <b>--halt</b>.<br><br><b><b>-k</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not actually shut down, just send warning messages to all logged-in users. Useful for testing scripts or broadcasting warnings without action.<br><br><b><b>-c</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cancels a pending shutdown. This can only be used if a time argument was specified previously to schedule a shutdown.<br><br><b><b>-t</b> <i>SEC</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Tells <i>init</i> (or <i>systemd</i>) to wait <i>SEC</i> seconds between sending warning messages and the kill signal to processes. Defaults to 5 seconds.<br><br><b><b>-f</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips the file system check (fsck) on the next reboot. Use with caution as it can lead to data inconsistencies if not used properly.<br><br><b><b>-F</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces the file system check (fsck) on the next reboot. Useful after an unclean shutdown.<br><br><b><i>TIME</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies when to perform the shutdown. Can be '<b>now</b>' for immediate action, '<b>+<i>minutes</i></b>' (e.g., '<b>+5</b>' for 5 minutes from now), or '<b><i>hh:mm</i></b>' (absolute time, e.g., '<b>23:00</b>').<br><br><b><i>MESSAGE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An optional message to be broadcast to all logged-in users, informing them about the impending shutdown.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>shutdown</b> command is a fundamental Linux utility used to safely halt, reboot, or power off the system. It's designed to ensure data integrity by allowing all running processes to terminate gracefully before the system performs the requested action. Unlike simply cutting power, <b>shutdown</b> sends signals to processes, giving them time to save data and exit. It can notify all logged-in users about the impending shutdown, displaying a message and a countdown. This makes it an essential tool for system administrators to perform planned maintenance, apply updates, or safely turn off a server. It supports immediate actions or scheduling for a future time, providing flexibility for various operational needs.<br><br>While historically interacting with the <i>init</i> system (e.g., changing runlevels), on modern Linux distributions utilizing <i>systemd</i>, <b>shutdown</b> typically acts as a convenient front-end to <b>systemctl</b> commands like <b>systemctl poweroff</b>, <b>systemctl reboot</b>, or <b>systemctl halt</b>, maintaining a consistent interface for users regardless of the underlying init system.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>shutdown</b> command requires root privileges to execute. Users without root access or appropriate <i>sudo</i> permissions will not be able to run it. Be cautious with immediate shutdowns (e.g., '<b>shutdown now</b>') on production systems, as they can abruptly terminate user sessions and unsaved work, potentially leading to data loss.


title: PERMISSIONS
content:
Only the <i>root</i> user or a user granted appropriate permissions via <i>sudo</i> can execute the <b>shutdown</b> command. This security measure prevents unauthorized users from disrupting critical system operations.


title: GRACEFUL SHUTDOWN PROCESS
content:
When <b>shutdown</b> is invoked with a time delay (e.g., '<b>+5</b>' or '<b>23:00</b>'), it first sends a warning message to all logged-in users, allowing them time to save their work and log out. As the time approaches, it sends increasingly urgent warnings. Finally, it sends a SIGTERM signal to all processes, followed by SIGKILL for stubborn processes, ensuring a clean termination of services and applications before the system halts or reboots.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>shutdown</b> command has been a staple in Unix-like operating systems since their early days, primarily used for changing system runlevels to safely halt or reboot. Its core functionality of facilitating a graceful system termination has remained consistent. In modern Linux distributions, particularly those that have adopted <i>systemd</i> as their init system, <b>shutdown</b> often acts as a compatibility wrapper, internally invoking the equivalent <b>systemctl</b> commands (e.g., <b>systemctl poweroff</b>). This evolution reflects the shift in underlying system management without compromising the familiar user interface and functionality for administrators.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>&lt;host&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The hostname or IP address of the IRC server to connect to. This is a required argument.<br><br><b><i>&lt;port&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Optional) The port number to use for the connection. If omitted, the client typically defaults to the standard IRC port, commonly 6667, or 6697 for SSL/TLS connections if supported by the specific build.<br><br><b><i>&lt;nick&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Optional) The nickname to use on the IRC network. If not provided, a default nickname (e.g., 'guest' or based on the username) might be used by the server or the client itself.<br><br><b><i>&lt;channel&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Optional) A channel name to automatically join upon successful connection to the IRC server. The channel name should typically start with '#' (e.g., '#linux').<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sic</i> is a very simple and minimalist IRC (Internet Relay Chat) client designed for command-line use. Adhering to the Unix philosophy, it aims to do one thing well – connect to IRC and facilitate basic text-based communication – without the overhead of extensive features found in more complex clients.<br><br>It provides a no-frills experience, making it lightweight and efficient, often favored by users who prefer a stripped-down interface, value system resources, or simply need a quick way to connect to IRC networks for basic chat functionality. Its design prioritizes conciseness and functionality over a rich feature set, often being a prime example of minimalist software development.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>sic</i> is not a standard command included in most Linux distributions by default; it typically needs to be compiled from source. Its minimalist nature means it lacks many features common in other IRC clients, such as DCC file transfers, scripting support, advanced logging, multi-server connections, and robust SSL/TLS configuration options. Users requiring these features should consider more full-featured clients.<br>Due to its simplicity, error handling and user feedback might be less comprehensive compared to more complex applications.


title: CUSTOMIZATION AND COMPILATION
content:
<i>sic</i> is commonly distributed as source code, and its configuration is often handled through a 'config.h' header file that users can modify before compilation. This allows for simple customization of default settings, such as server address, port, or nickname, directly within the source code. Users typically compile it using a standard C compiler like GCC.


title: INTERACTION AND COMMANDS
content:
Once connected, <i>sic</i> operates by typing messages directly into the terminal, which are then sent to the current channel or private message recipient. IRC commands (e.g., /join #channel, /msg nick message, /quit) are typically prefixed with a forward slash (/), similar to other IRC clients. The output from the server and other users is displayed directly in the terminal.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>sic</i> emerged from the minimalist software development philosophy, particularly within projects associated with the suckless.org community. Its creation aimed to provide a bare-bones IRC client that emphasizes small code size, efficiency, and simplicity over feature bloat. Developed primarily in C, it serves as an excellent example of concise and functional programming.<br><br>While not having a long, formal release history like major software projects, its development reflects a continuous effort to provide highly efficient and resource-friendly tools. It remains popular among users who appreciate minimalist command-line utilities and prefer to compile software from source to ensure maximum control and a tiny footprint.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-c <num></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Concurrent users.</i> Sets the number of simultaneous users to simulate.<br><br><b>-r <num></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Repeats.</i> Specifies the number of times each user will repeat the test (transactions per user).<br><br><b>-t <time></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Time duration.</i> Runs the test for a specified duration (e.g., `10s` for 10 seconds, `5m` for 5 minutes).<br><br><b>-f <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>URLs file.</i> Reads a list of URLs from a specified file, one URL per line, to test.<br><br><b>-b</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Benchmark mode.</i> Disables all delays between requests, running at maximum speed for pure performance testing.<br><br><b>-i</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Internet simulation.</i> Introduces random delays between requests to simulate more realistic human browsing behavior.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Verbose output.</i> Displays more detailed information and progress during the test run.<br><br><b>-g <URL></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>GET URL.</i> Retrieves and displays HTTP headers and the content of a single URL without performing a benchmark.<br><br><b>-H 'Header: Value'</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Add header.</i> Adds a custom HTTP header to all outgoing requests (e.g., for authentication).<br><br><b>-A 'User-Agent'</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Set User-Agent.</i> Specifies the User-Agent string to be sent with requests.<br><br><b>-L</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Log errors.</i> Logs failed transactions to a separate file for later analysis.<br><br><b>--no-follow</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>No redirects.</i> Prevents Siege from automatically following HTTP redirects (3xx responses).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Siege is an open-source command-line utility designed for HTTP load testing and benchmarking. It is used to measure the performance of a web server under stress, assessing its capacity to handle concurrent users, its response time, and throughput. Siege simulates multiple users accessing a website simultaneously, sending requests to specified URLs and reporting comprehensive statistics. These statistics include the number of transactions, bytes transferred, average response time, and server errors. It's an invaluable tool for developers and system administrators to identify performance bottlenecks, assess server stability, and optimize web application performance before deployment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Siege can generate significant load on a server and should be used with extreme caution. Testing production servers not under your control without explicit permission may be perceived as a denial-of-service attack and could lead to legal consequences. Ensure the client machine running Siege has sufficient resources (CPU, network, memory) to avoid becoming a bottleneck itself, which would invalidate test results.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
Siege can be extensively configured using a dedicated file, typically located at <b>~/.siege/siege.conf</b>. This configuration file allows users to set default values for various command-line options, such as the number of concurrent users, test duration, and logging preferences. It also supports defining custom user agents, authentication credentials, and pre-loading a list of URLs, streamlining repetitive testing scenarios.


title: OUTPUT METRICS
content:
Upon completion of a test, Siege provides a concise summary of key performance metrics. These include the total number of transactions, successful and failed requests, the total data transferred, average response time, as well as the longest and shortest response times. It also reports the transaction rate, throughput (data per second), and average concurrency, offering a comprehensive overview of the server's performance under load.


title: HISTORY
content:
Siege was originally developed by Jeff Starr in the early 2000s, designed as a simple yet powerful command-line tool for web developers and system administrators. Its primary goal was to offer an easy-to-use alternative to more complex benchmarking suites, enabling quick and effective testing of web application and server performance and stability by simulating realistic user traffic patterns.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
silicon [OPTIONS] [FILE]<br>silicon [OPTIONS] --from-clipboard<br><i>(If FILE is omitted and --from-clipboard is not used, input is read from standard input.)</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-o, --output <FILE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output file path for the generated image. Defaults to <i>output.png</i>.<br><br><b>-t, --theme <THEME></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the syntax highlighting theme. Use <i>silicon --list-themes</i> to view available options.<br><br><b>-f, --font <FONT></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Define the font family and size (e.g., "Fira Code=18"). Multiple fonts can be specified for fallbacks.<br><br><b>-l, --language <LANG></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Manually specify the programming language (e.g., <i>rs</i> for Rust, <i>py</i> for Python). Auto-detected if not specified.<br><br><b>--line-numbers</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display line numbers alongside the code in the output image.<br><br><b>--no-round-corner</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable the default rounded corners for the code block.<br><br><b>--scale <FACTOR></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Scale the output image by the given factor (e.g., <i>2</i> for 2x resolution).<br><br><b>--background <COLOR></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set a custom background color for the image (e.g., <i>#282C34</i> or a CSS color name like <i>red</i>).<br><br><b>--from-clipboard</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read the source code directly from the system clipboard instead of a file or stdin.<br><br><b>--to-clipboard</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy the generated image to the system clipboard instead of saving it to a file.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>silicon</b> is a versatile command-line tool, written in Rust, designed to generate aesthetically pleasing images from source code files. It enables developers and content creators to easily transform code snippets into high-quality visual formats suitable for presentations, social media, documentation, or blog posts. Users can extensively customize the output image, including syntax highlighting themes, font families and sizes, line numbers, and background colors. It supports automatic language detection based on file extensions and allows manual specification. <b>silicon</b> prioritizes ease of use and aims to provide a clean, professional appearance for code, making it an efficient choice for showcasing programming snippets directly from the terminal.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Clipboard operations with <b>silicon</b> require a functioning clipboard utility (e.g., <i>xclip</i> or <i>wl-copy</i> on Linux) and typically a graphical environment. The availability of specific fonts and themes depends on their installation and configuration on the host system. For very large source files, image generation time may increase.


title: EXAMPLE USAGE
content:
To generate an image from a Rust file with a specific theme and font:<br><i>silicon main.rs -o rust_code.png --theme "OneHalfDark" --font "Fira Code=16"</i><br><br>To read code from standard input and copy the output image to clipboard:<br><i>cat my_script.py | silicon --language py --line-numbers --to-clipboard</i><br><br>To generate from clipboard and save to a specific file with a custom background:<br><i>silicon --from-clipboard -o clipboard_code.png --background "#282C34"</i>


title: THEMES AND FONTS
content:
<b>silicon</b> supports a variety of syntax highlighting themes, which can dramatically change the appearance of your code. You can list all available themes using the command:<br><i>silicon --list-themes</i><br><br>Fonts can be specified by their family name and size. Multiple font families can be listed, separated by commas, for fallback purposes (e.g., <i>"Fira Code,Noto Sans Mono=16"</i>). Ensure desired fonts are installed on your system for them to be used by <b>silicon</b>.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>silicon</b> is a relatively modern command-line utility, implemented in Rust, which is known for its performance and memory safety. It emerged as an open-source alternative to web-based code snippet image generators like <i>Carbon</i>, aiming to provide a fast and efficient native solution for developers. Its development has focused on ease of use, broad customization options, and integration into development workflows directly from the terminal, quickly gaining traction within the developer community.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information of Simple Scan and exits.<br><br><b><b>[GTK options]</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Simple Scan, being a GTK-based application, accepts standard GTK+ command-line options (e.g., <code>--display</code>, <code>--screen</code>) to control its graphical interface and environment. It does not provide many unique application-specific command-line parameters; most functionality is accessed via its graphical user interface.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Simple Scan is a straightforward and user-friendly scanning utility primarily developed for the <b>GNOME desktop environment</b>. It provides an intuitive interface for scanning documents, photos, and other physical media directly into digital formats like <b>PDF, JPEG, PNG, and TIFF</b>. Designed for simplicity, it automates many common scanning tasks, such as detecting document feeder presence, auto-cropping, and basic image enhancements.<br><br>Users can quickly choose between document or photo scanning modes, select resolution, color mode, and brightness/contrast settings. It supports both flatbed and automatic document feeder (ADF) scanners, making it suitable for a wide range of scanning needs, from single pages to multi-page documents. Its focus is on making scanning accessible without complex configurations, aiming for a "<i>just work</i>" experience for the average user.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Limited Command-Line Control:</b> Simple Scan is primarily a GUI application and offers very few unique command-line options, making it less suitable for scripting or headless operations compared to tools like <code>scanimage</code>.<br><b>SANE Dependency:</b> It relies entirely on the SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy) framework for scanner communication. If your scanner is not supported by SANE or requires specific proprietary drivers/firmware, Simple Scan will not function.<br><b>Basic Features:</b> While user-friendly, it lacks advanced features found in more professional scanning software, such as integrated OCR (Optical Character Recognition), sophisticated image processing filters, or complex workflow automation.


title: SANE BACKEND RELIANCE
content:
Simple Scan functions as a graphical front-end for the <b>SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy)</b> framework. This means its ability to detect and operate scanners is entirely dependent on the underlying SANE backend having proper support for a specific scanner model. Users may need to ensure the correct SANE packages or proprietary drivers for their scanner are installed on their system.


title: OUTPUT FORMATS AND FEATURES
content:
The application supports popular output formats including <b>PDF</b> (for documents), and <b>JPEG, PNG, TIFF</b> (for images). It offers basic scanning modes (document, photo), resolution and color depth selection, and often includes convenient automatic features like auto-detection of document feeders for multi-page scanning, auto-cropping, and basic image enhancement capabilities (e.g., brightness/contrast adjustments).


title: HISTORY
content:
Simple Scan was developed with the goal of creating a more user-friendly and straightforward scanning application for Linux, particularly for the GNOME desktop environment. It emerged as a simpler alternative to existing, often more complex, scanner front-ends like XSane. Its development aimed to abstract away the complexities of the SANE backend, providing a "<i>just work</i>" experience for end-users. It has become a default or popular choice in many distributions, including Ubuntu, due to its ease of use and minimalist approach to scanning.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
N/A: "sindresorhus" is the name of an individual open-source developer, not an executable Linux command. Consequently, there is no command synopsis, options, or arguments associated with this name in the context of a shell command.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Sindre Sorhus is an extremely prolific and influential Norwegian open-source developer, primarily known for his vast contributions to the Node.js and JavaScript ecosystems. He has authored and maintained hundreds, if not thousands, of widely-used npm packages, many of which are fundamental building blocks for modern web applications and developer tools. His packages often focus on single, well-defined functionalities, promoting modularity and reusability. While his work is integral to the development landscape often accessed on Linux systems (e.g., via <b><I>npm install</I></b>), "sindresorhus" itself is <b>not</b> a specific Linux command or executable. Instead, it refers to the individual whose projects are installed and utilized through tools like <b><I>npm</I></b> or <b><I>yarn</I></b> within a Node.js development environment. Therefore, it does not possess a direct command-line interface or a manual page in the traditional Linux sense.


title: CAVEATS
content:
It is crucial to understand that "sindresorhus" refers to a person, not a program or utility that can be executed directly from the Linux command line. Any attempt to run "sindresorhus" as a command would result in a "command not found" error, unless a script or alias with that name has been custom-created by the user. His work is consumed indirectly through package managers like npm.


title: IMPACT ON THE NODE.JS ECOSYSTEM
content:
Sindre Sorhus's extensive collection of npm packages, such as <b><I>chalk</I></b>, <b><I>meow</I></b>, <b><I>ora</I></b>, <b><I>execa</I></b>, and many others, are staples in countless Node.js projects. They provide essential functionalities ranging from terminal styling and command-line parsing to process execution and progress indicators, significantly enhancing developer productivity and application quality. His work embodies the modular approach to software development prevalent in the Node.js community.


title: HISTORY
content:
Sindre Sorhus began contributing significantly to open-source software, particularly in the Node.js ecosystem, in the early 2010s. His philosophy often involves creating small, focused modules that do one thing well. This approach, while sometimes criticized for creating a deep dependency tree, has also led to incredibly robust and widely adopted utilities that underpin much of the modern JavaScript landscape. His consistent output and commitment to open source have made him one of the most recognized and influential individuals in the Node.js community.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
N/A: As "sindresorhus" is not a command, there are no directly related Linux commands. However, his work often involves tools like <br><b><I>npm(1)</I></b> (Node Package Manager), <br><b><I>node(1)</I></b> (Node.js runtime), and <br><b><I>yarn(1)</I></b> (another package manager) which are used to install and run the JavaScript packages he develops.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
sinfo [<i>OPTIONS</i>]<br><br><i>sinfo</i> provides a flexible interface to query the state of Slurm partitions and nodes. Users typically combine options to filter and format the output according to their needs.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a, --all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Displays information about all partitions, including hidden or unavailable ones.</b><br><br><b>-d, --dead</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Only show information about dead nodes.</b><br><br><b>-e, --exact</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Report exact node state (e.g., idle*, alloc*).</b><br><br><b>-i <seconds>, --iterate=<seconds></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Repeatedly execute and display output every specified seconds.</b><br><br><b>-l, --long</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Provides a long format output, including partition time limits, job limits, and node counts.</b><br><br><b>-L, --lcm</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Similar to --long, but also shows the current Node Leader/Compute Matrix (LCM) and other detailed node features.</b><br><br><b>-M <cluster>, --clusters=<cluster></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Specify the cluster(s) to query in a federated setup.</b><br><br><b>-n <nodes>, --nodes=<nodes></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Filter output to specific nodes by name.</b><br><br><b>-N, --node</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Displays information in a node-centric format rather than partition-centric.</b><br><br><b>-o <format>, --format=<format></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Specify a custom output format using field specifiers.</b><br><br><b>-p <partition>, --partition=<partition></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Filter output to specific partition(s) by name.</b><br><br><b>-R, --responding</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Only display information for responding nodes.</b><br><br><b>-s, --short</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Provides a compact, short format output.</b><br><br><b>-t <state>, --state=<state></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Filter output to nodes in a specific state (e.g., IDLE, ALLOC, DOWN).</b><br><br><b>-v, --verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Increases the verbosity of the output, showing more details.</b><br><br><b>-V, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Prints the version number of sinfo.</b><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>sinfo</i> is a command-line utility within the Slurm Workload Manager suite that provides detailed information about partitions and nodes managed by Slurm. It allows users and administrators to quickly assess the current state, availability, capacity, and configuration of computing resources. This command is crucial for understanding where jobs can be submitted, identifying resource bottlenecks, and monitoring the health of the Slurm cluster. It can display aggregated partition information or detailed node-level specifics, making it an indispensable tool for cluster management and job planning. Its flexibility in filtering and formatting output makes it valuable for both interactive queries and scripting.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>sinfo</i> is part of the Slurm Workload Manager and will only function on systems where Slurm is installed and configured. Its output is highly dependent on the current state and configuration of the Slurm cluster. Users may have restricted views based on Slurm's security policies. The interpretation of node states can sometimes be nuanced, requiring familiarity with Slurm's state definitions.


title: CUSTOM OUTPUT FORMATS (-O OPTION)
content:
The <i>-o</i> or <i>--format</i> option is extremely powerful, allowing users to define exactly which information fields are displayed and in what order. This is achieved by providing a string of percent signs followed by field specifiers (e.g., <i>%P</i> for Partition Name, <i>%R</i> for Reason, <i>%t</i> for Node State). This flexibility enables scripting and integration with other monitoring tools, making <i>sinfo</i> highly adaptable for custom reporting.


title: UNDERSTANDING NODE STATES
content:
<i>sinfo</i> reports various node states that are critical for cluster understanding. Common states include <i>IDLE</i> (ready to accept jobs), <i>ALLOCATED</i> or <i>ALLOC</i> (running one or more jobs), <i>MIXED</i> (some CPUs allocated, some idle), <i>DOWN</i> (not available), <i>DRAIN</i> (being drained of jobs, new jobs not accepted), and <i>MAINT</i> (in maintenance mode). An asterisk (*) often indicates a node is currently being powered down or has a special reason.


title: HISTORY
content:
The Slurm Workload Manager, which includes <i>sinfo</i>, originated at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) in 2002. It was designed as a lightweight, scalable, and fault-tolerant job scheduler for large Linux clusters. <i>sinfo</i> specifically emerged as a core utility to provide users and administrators with real-time insights into the state of the cluster's partitions and nodes, a fundamental requirement for effective high-performance computing (HPC) resource management.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<I><b>singularity</b> [global options] &lt;command&gt; [command options] [arguments...]</I><br><br><I>Common commands include:</I><br><I><b>singularity run</b> &lt;container&gt; [args...] &mdash; Executes the primary runscript within a container.</I><br><I><b>singularity exec</b> &lt;container&gt; &lt;command&gt; [args...] &mdash; Executes a specific command inside a container.</I><br><I><b>singularity shell</b> &lt;container&gt; &mdash; Spawns an interactive shell within a container.</I><br><I><b>singularity build</b> [build options] &lt;output_file&gt; &lt;definition_file|uri&gt; &mdash; Builds a container image.</I><br><I><b>singularity pull</b> [pull options] &lt;output_path&gt; &lt;URI&gt; &mdash; Pulls an image from a container registry.</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><I>--debug</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Enable verbose debugging output.</I><br><br><b><I>--json</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Print output in JSON format.</I><br><br><b><I>--silent</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Only print errors.</I><br><br><b><I>--verbose</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Print more information to standard output.</I><br><br><b><I>--version</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Show version information and exit.</I><br><br><b><I>--help</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Show help for global options or a specific command.</I><br><br><b><I>-B, --bind &lt;src&gt;[:&lt;dest&gt;]</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Bind a file or directory from the host into the container (common for <B>run</B>, <B>exec</B>, <B>shell</B>).</I><br><br><b><I>--nv, --gpu</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Enable NVIDIA GPU support inside the container (common for <B>run</B>, <B>exec</B>, <B>shell</B>).</I><br><br><b><I>--writable</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Create a writable container (for <B>run</B>, <B>exec</B>, <B>shell</B> on SIF images, or during <B>build</B>).</I><br><br><b><I>--fakeroot</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Execute the container with 'fake' root privileges within the user namespace.</I><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I><b>Singularity</b> is a powerful container platform tailored for scientific and high-performance computing (HPC) environments. It enables users to package entire software stacks—applications, libraries, and data—into a single, portable file called a Singularity Image Format (<b>SIF</b>) file. This ensures consistent, reproducible execution across diverse computing infrastructures.<br><br>A core design principle of Singularity is its focus on security and unprivileged execution. Users can run containers without requiring root privileges on the host system, making it ideal for multi-user environments like HPC clusters. It seamlessly integrates with host resources such as GPUs, network interfaces, and file systems, providing native performance.<br><br>Singularity images can be built from various sources, including Docker images, OCI images, or custom definitions. This flexibility, combined with its emphasis on reproducibility and security, has made Singularity an indispensable tool for researchers and engineers sharing complex computational workflows.</I>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>While Singularity prioritizes security with its unprivileged execution model, it's important to understand its nuances. Images (especially SIF files) are typically read-only, which enhances reproducibility but means changes inside a running container are not persistent unless specific bind mounts or writable overlays are used. Building new images or modifying existing ones often still requires root privileges or a fakeroot environment. Furthermore, the performance of I/O operations can sometimes be impacted when running through the container layer compared to native execution, although this is generally minimal for CPU-bound tasks.</I>


title: <B>SINGULARITY IMAGE FORMAT (SIF)</B>
content:
<I>SIF is Singularity's default and recommended container image format. It is a single, cryptographically signed, read-only file that bundles the container filesystem and metadata. This format ensures immutability and simplifies distribution and verification, making it ideal for long-term reproducibility and secure sharing of computational environments.</I>


title: <B>UNPRIVILEGED EXECUTION</B>
content:
<I>A cornerstone of Singularity's design is its ability to allow users to run containers as themselves, without requiring root privileges. This is achieved through user namespaces and other Linux kernel features. This model significantly enhances security in multi-user HPC environments by preventing privilege escalation and maintaining host system integrity.</I>


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>Singularity was initially developed by Gregory Kurtzer at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) in 2015. Its primary motivation was to address the specific needs of scientific computing and HPC environments, focusing on security, reproducibility, and integration with existing cluster infrastructure. A key differentiator was its unprivileged execution model, allowing users to run containers without elevated permissions.<br><br>The project gained significant traction within the academic and research communities. In 2017, Kurtzer founded Sylabs to further develop and commercialize Singularity. In 2021, the core technology and open-source project were transitioned to the Linux Foundation and rebranded as <b>Apptainer</b>, with Singularity remaining a widely recognized name and the command often still aliased to it. This transition aimed to foster broader community collaboration and adoption.</I>


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<I><b>docker(1)</b> &mdash; Popular containerization platform, often used for development and web services.</I>, <I><b>podman(1)</b> &mdash; Daemonless container engine for developing, managing, and running OCI containers.</I>, <I><b>chroot(1)</b> &mdash; Changes the root directory for the current running process and its children, a fundamental concept underlying containerization.</I>


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>sirtopnm</b> [<I>-xsize</I> <I>width</I>] [<I>-ysize</I> <I>height</I>] [<I>-nsize</I> <I>depth</I>] [<I>-maxval</I> <I>value</I>] [<I>-info</I>] [<I>-endian</I> {<I>big</I>|<I>little</I>}] [<I>sirtfile</I>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>sirtfile</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the input Siemens SIRT image file. If this argument is omitted, <b>sirtopnm</b> reads the image data from standard input.<br><br><b>-xsize <I>width</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the width of the image in pixels. This option is frequently mandatory as SIRT files often lack embedded dimension information.<br><br><b>-ysize <I>height</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the height of the image in pixels. Like <I>-xsize</I>, this is often a required parameter for correct image interpretation.<br><br><b>-nsize <I>depth</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the depth or number of slices for 3D image data. If this option is omitted, <b>sirtopnm</b> assumes a 2D image.<br><br><b>-maxval <I>value</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the maximum pixel value for the output PNM image. This is crucial for proper scaling and display of the image intensities. If not specified, <b>sirtopnm</b> attempts to determine it or defaults to a common value (e.g., 255 or 65535).<br><br><b>-info</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints information about the SIRT file, such as inferred or required dimensions, maximum value, and detected/assumed endianness, without performing the actual image conversion.<br><br><b>-endian {<I>big</I>|<I>little</I>}</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the byte order (endianness) of the raw data within the SIRT file. Use 'big' for big-endian or 'little' for little-endian. If not specified, <b>sirtopnm</b> tries to guess the endianness or defaults to the system's native byte order.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>sirtopnm</b> is a powerful utility within the <b>Netpbm</b> image manipulation toolkit. Its primary function is to convert raw image data files created using the Siemens Image Reconstruction Toolkit (SIRT) into the Netpbm Portable Anymap (PNM) format. SIRT files often store uncompressed 2D or 3D pixel data, commonly encountered in scientific and medical imaging applications such as MRI or CT scans.<br><br>Due to the raw nature of SIRT files, <b>sirtopnm</b> frequently requires users to explicitly specify critical image parameters like width (<I>-xsize</I>), height (<I>-ysize</I>), and optionally depth (<I>-nsize</I> for 3D data), as this metadata is often not embedded within the file itself. It also allows setting the maximum pixel value (<I>-maxval</I>) for proper scaling. The output PNM file can be a Portable Graymap (PGM) for grayscale images or a Portable Pixmap (PPM) if the source data implicitly supports color. This conversion capability is vital for integrating SIRT image data into a broader workflow, allowing it to be viewed, processed, and manipulated using the vast array of Netpbm tools and other graphics software that support the PNM standard. The command also provides options to handle byte order (endianness), which is crucial for correct interpretation of raw binary image streams.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>sirtopnm</b> relies heavily on user-provided or correctly inferred metadata, especially dimensions and endianness. Incorrect <I>-xsize</I>, <I>-ysize</I>, <I>-nsize</I>, or <I>-maxval</I> settings will lead to garbled, distorted, or incorrectly scaled output images. Mismatched endianness is a common source of corruption, often resulting in a severely distorted or noisy image. Furthermore, <b>sirtopnm</b> is designed for raw pixel data; if the SIRT file contains proprietary headers or compressed data, it may not be able to correctly interpret the file.


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT
content:
<b>sirtopnm</b> is designed to work seamlessly with Unix-like pipes. If no <I>sirtfile</I> is specified, it reads the raw image data from standard input. The resulting PNM image is always written to standard output. This behavior allows for chaining commands, for example: <I>cat image.sirt | sirtopnm -x 256 -y 256 -maxval 4095 > output.pgm</I>.


title: DATA TYPE ASSUMPTIONS
content:
By default, <b>sirtopnm</b> generally assumes that the input raw data consists of 8-bit or 16-bit unsigned integer pixel values. If the SIRT file contains floating-point data, signed integers, or other complex data types, pre-processing or a different specialized tool might be required before or after using <b>sirtopnm</b> to ensure correct interpretation and display.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>sirtopnm</b> is a component of the comprehensive <b>Netpbm</b> project, a suite of image processing tools with roots tracing back to the early 1990s. Initially known as Pbmplus and developed by Jef Poskanzer, Netpbm has evolved to become a widely used and highly flexible toolkit for handling various image formats. Converters like <b>sirtopnm</b> were integrated into the Netpbm suite to meet the specific demands of scientific and medical imaging communities, providing a robust solution for converting raw data outputs from specialized equipment or software, such as the Siemens Image Reconstruction Toolkit, into a universally accessible format for further analysis and visualization.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-A</b> or <b>--format=SysV</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses the System V output format, which typically provides a more detailed breakdown of sections compared to the default Berkeley format.<br><br><b><b>-B</b> or <b>--format=Berkeley</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses the Berkeley output format, which is often the default and provides a concise output of text, data, bss, and total sizes.<br><br><b><b>-d</b> or <b>--radix=10</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the section sizes in decimal (base 10) format. This is the default when using the Berkeley format.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> or <b>--radix=8</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the section sizes in octal (base 8) format.<br><br><b><b>-x</b> or <b>--radix=16</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the section sizes in hexadecimal (base 16) format.<br><br><b><b>--common</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Includes the size of common symbols in the output. Common symbols are uninitialized global variables that might be defined in multiple object files and resolved at link time.<br><br><b><b>-V</b> or <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version number of the <b>size</b> command and exits.<br><br><b><b>-H</b> or <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief usage message and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>size</b> command is a utility in Linux systems, typically part of the GNU Binutils package, used to display the sizes of various sections within object files, executables, or archive members. It primarily reports the sizes of the <i>text</i> (executable code), <i>data</i> (initialized variables), and <i>bss</i> (uninitialized variables) sections, along with their total sum. This command is invaluable for developers and programmers to quickly assess the memory footprint of their compiled programs, shared libraries, or object files. By providing insights into how much space each section occupies, it helps in optimizing code for size, especially in embedded systems or memory-constrained environments. The output can be displayed in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal formats, offering flexibility for different analytical needs. It is an essential tool for understanding the low-level structure and memory usage of compiled binaries.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>size</b> command works exclusively with executable and object files (e.g., ELF, COFF, a.out formats). It cannot be used to determine the size of regular text files, directories, or other non-binary file types.<br><br>The reported 'bss' size represents space reserved for uninitialized data that is zeroed out at runtime. While it contributes to the process's memory footprint, it does not occupy actual disk space within the executable file itself.


title: UNDERSTANDING SECTIONS
content:
The output of <b>size</b> typically shows three main sections:<br><br><b>text</b>: This section contains the executable instructions (code) of the program.<br><br><b>data</b>: This section holds initialized global and static variables, meaning variables that have a predefined value at compile time.<br><br><b>bss</b>: (Block Started by Symbol) This section contains uninitialized global and static variables. These variables are guaranteed to be initialized to zero by the system when the program starts, but they do not occupy space in the executable file itself (only their size is recorded) to save disk space. Memory for them is allocated at runtime.<br><br>The <b>total</b> size displayed is the sum of text, data, and bss sections, representing the approximate memory footprint when loaded.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>size</b> command has a long history, being an integral part of Unix-like systems and their development toolchains. Its core functionality of reporting section sizes dates back to early Unix versions. In modern Linux, it is primarily provided by the GNU Binutils project, a collection of binary tools that includes assemblers, linkers, and tools for working with binary files. Its continuous development as part of Binutils ensures compatibility with various object file formats (like ELF) and architectures, making it a staple for software developers globally.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command "sk" is <I>not a standard or universally recognized Linux utility</I> found in typical distributions. Its functionality, if any, would depend entirely on whether it's an alias defined by a user or administrator, or if it's a specific executable installed as part of a specialized application or project.<br><br>Without further context, it is not possible to provide a generic description, synopsis, or list of parameters for a command named "sk" as it does not exist as a standalone, common system utility. Users encountering "sk" should check their shell's aliases (e.g., `alias sk`) or investigate custom software installations on their system.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>The "sk" command is not a standard utility</I> provided by most Linux distributions. Any functionality associated with "sk" on a specific system is likely due to a custom alias, a user-defined script, or a component of a non-standard software package. Therefore, its behavior, options, and arguments would be highly context-dependent and unique to that specific environment.


title: POSSIBLE SCENARIOS FOR 'SK'
content:
<B>1. Custom Alias:</B> A user or system administrator might have created an alias like `alias sk='some_other_command -options'` in a shell configuration file (e.g., `.bashrc`, `.zshrc`).<br><B>2. Application-Specific Executable:</B> 'sk' could be an executable file included with a specific software package, tool, or project installed on the system (e.g., a custom script, a utility part of a larger system).<br><B>3. Typo:</B> It might be a misspelling of a standard command like `sh`, `ss`, or `skey`.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>Not applicable</I> - As "sk" is not a standard Linux command, there is no common historical development or usage pattern to describe.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command 'skate' is <b>not</b> a standard or widely recognized utility included in most mainstream Linux distributions. Unlike common commands such as `ls`, `grep`, `awk`, or `curl`, 'skate' does not possess a well-defined man page, established set of functionalities, or universal presence across different Unix-like operating systems. It is not part of the GNU Core Utilities or typical package repositories by default.<br><br>If 'skate' refers to a specific custom script, a project-specific tool, or a typo, its functionality would be entirely dependent on its unique implementation. Without further context, such as the specific software package it belongs to, its purpose and usage cannot be definitively described as a general-purpose Linux command. Users encountering 'skate' should investigate its origin within their specific system or project environment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is <b>not</b> universally available or defined. Its presence and functionality, should it exist within a specific system or project, are entirely contingent upon its particular implementation and context. Users should verify its origin before attempting to use it.


title: HISTORY
content:
There is no documented history of 'skate' as a standard, general-purpose command within the evolution of Linux or Unix-like operating systems. Any tool named 'skate' typically refers to specialized, project-specific, or custom scripts rather than a core system utility.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>skicka</b> [<i>global_options</i>] <i>command</i> [<i>command_options</i>] [<i>arguments</i>]<br><br><i>Common Commands:</i><br><b>skicka ls</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>path</i>]<br><b>skicka upload</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>local_path</i> [<i>remote_path</i>]<br><b>skicka download</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>remote_path</i> [<i>local_path</i>]<br><b>skicka sync</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>local_dir</i> <i>remote_dir</i><br><b>skicka rm</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>path</i><br><b>skicka mkdir</b> [<i>path</i>]<br><b>skicka help</b> [<i>command</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-config <i>&lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the configuration file (default: ~/.skicka.config).<br><br><b>-verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, showing more details about operations.<br><br><b>-version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the <i>skicka</i> version and exits.<br><br><b>ls -l</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists files in long format, showing size, modification time, and ID.<br><br><b>ls -r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively lists contents of directories.<br><br><b>ls -a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Includes all files, including those in the trash.<br><br><b>upload -p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preserves the modification time of the local file when uploading.<br><br><b>upload -m <i>&lt;MIME_type&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces a specific MIME type for the uploaded file.<br><br><b>upload -r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively uploads a local directory and its contents.<br><br><b>download -p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preserves the modification time of the remote file when downloading.<br><br><b>download -f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces overwrite of local files during download if they already exist.<br><br><b>sync -d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a dry run, showing what changes would be made without executing them.<br><br><b>sync -u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Syncs by only uploading new or modified files from local to remote.<br><br><b>sync -D</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Syncs by only downloading new or modified files from remote to local.<br><br><b>sync -t</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When deleting files, move them directly to trash instead of permanent deletion.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>skicka</i> is a powerful, command-line utility designed for interacting with Google Drive. Written in Go, it allows users to manage their Google Drive files and folders directly from the terminal, offering capabilities such as uploading, downloading, listing, syncing, and deleting content. It's particularly useful for scripting and automating Google Drive operations on Linux systems where a graphical interface is not available or desired. <i>skicka</i> authenticates using OAuth2, requiring an first-time browser-based authorization step. Unlike FUSE-based solutions, <i>skicka</i> operates by performing discrete file operations, making it suitable for batch processing and integration into shell scripts.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>skicka</i> is a third-party utility and is not typically pre-installed on Linux distributions. Installation requires the Go programming language environment. Authentication relies on Google's OAuth2, which involves an initial browser-based authorization step. It does not provide a FUSE-based mount, meaning files are not directly accessible in the filesystem as if they were local; operations are performed explicitly via <i>skicka</i> commands. Google Drive API rate limits may apply for extensive usage.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
To install <i>skicka</i>, you need to have the Go programming language installed on your system. Once Go is set up, you can install <i>skicka</i> using the Go command:<br><br><b>go install github.com/google/skicka@latest</b><br><br>This command will download, compile, and install the <i>skicka</i> executable into your Go binary path (e.g., <i>~/go/bin</i>), which should be in your system's PATH variable.


title: AUTHENTICATION
content:
The first time you run a <i>skicka</i> command that interacts with Google Drive (e.g., <b>skicka ls</b>), it will prompt you to authenticate. This process involves <i>skicka</i> opening a browser window to Google's OAuth2 authentication page. You will need to sign in with your Google account and grant <i>skicka</i> the necessary permissions. After successful authorization, Google will provide an authentication code that <i>skicka</i> will use to store credentials locally (by default in <i>~/.skicka.config</i>), allowing subsequent operations without re-authentication.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>skicka</i> was developed by Google and is written in Go, Google's open-source programming language. Its development aimed to provide a robust and efficient command-line interface for Google Drive, particularly useful for developers and system administrators needing to integrate Google Drive operations into scripts and automated workflows. Its Go-based implementation ensures good performance and cross-platform compatibility, making it a reliable tool for managing cloud storage from the terminal.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>skill</b> [<i>-signal</i>] [<i>-t tty</i>] [<i>-u user</i>] [<i>process_name|pid...</i>]<br><b>skill</b> [<i>-l</i>]<br><b>skill</b> [<i>-v</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-signal</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the signal to send to the selected processes. This can be a numeric signal ID (e.g., <i>-9</i> for KILL) or a signal name (e.g., <i>-HUP</i> for SIGHUP). If no signal is specified, <i>SIGTERM</i> (signal 15) is sent by default.<br><br><b><i>-t tty</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selects processes that are associated with the specified terminal (TTY). The TTY name can be provided without the <i>/dev/</i> prefix (e.g., <i>pts/0</i> or <i>tty1</i>).<br><br><b><i>-u user</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selects processes owned by the specified user. The user can be identified by their username or numeric User ID (UID).<br><br><b><i>process_name|pid...</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the name of the process(es) to signal (e.g., <i>httpd</i>, <i>firefox</i>) or their specific Process ID(s) (PIDs). When a process name is used, <b>skill</b> attempts to send the signal to all running processes that match that name.<br><br><b><i>-l</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all available signal names and their corresponding numbers. When this option is used, no signals are sent to processes.<br><br><b><i>-v</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, causing <b>skill</b> to display information about which processes received the signal.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>skill</b> command is a utility for sending signals to processes on a Linux system. Unlike the basic <b>kill</b> command, which primarily targets processes by their Process ID (PID), <b>skill</b> provides the ability to select processes based on various criteria such as their command name, the user who owns them, or the terminal (TTY) they are attached to. <br><br>Originating from System V Unix, <b>skill</b> was designed to simplify process management by allowing users to terminate or manage groups of processes without needing to know each individual PID. While it is still present on some Linux distributions, its functionality has largely been superseded and improved upon by more versatile and robust commands like <b>pkill</b> and <b>killall</b>. On many modern systems, <b>skill</b> is often implemented as a symbolic link to <b>pkill</b>, reflecting its deprecated status as a standalone utility.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>skill</b> command is largely considered obsolete in modern Linux systems. Its functionality is predominantly superseded by the more robust and flexible commands <b>pkill</b> and <b>killall</b>, which offer more advanced pattern matching and selection options for processes. On many current distributions, <b>skill</b> is simply a symbolic link to <b>pkill</b>. Using <b>skill</b> with only a process name can be potentially dangerous if multiple, unrelated processes share the same name, as it will signal all of them indiscriminately. Users are advised to exercise caution and verify the intended target processes.


title: <I>MODERN ALTERNATIVES</I>
content:
For virtually all modern use cases involving signaling processes by name, user, or other criteria, it is highly recommended to use <b>pkill</b> instead of <b>skill</b>. For example, the command <i>skill -9 httpd</i> is functionally identical to <i>pkill -9 httpd</i>, and <i>skill -u john</i> achieves the same result as <i>pkill -u john</i>. <b>pkill</b> generally offers more powerful options and is actively maintained.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>skill</b> command originated in System V Unix, providing a means to send signals to groups of processes based on criteria beyond just PID, such as the owning user or the associated terminal. This was a significant improvement for process management at the time. However, with the evolution of Linux and the development of more sophisticated process management tools within the <i>procps-ng</i> suite, particularly <b>pkill</b> and <b>pgrep</b>, <b>skill</b>'s direct usage has significantly declined. Its core functionality has been absorbed and improved upon by these newer utilities, leading to its effective deprecation.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>skim</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>path ...</i>]<i><br></i><i>command</i> | <b>skim</b> [<i>options</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-i</b>, <b>--case-sensitive</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a case-sensitive search, overriding the default behavior which is usually case-insensitive unless the query contains uppercase letters.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--query</b> <i><I>STRING</I></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an initial query string that will be pre-filled in the search prompt when <b>skim</b> starts.<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--preview</b> <i><I>COMMAND</I></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a command to execute for previewing the currently selected item. The selected item's content is passed as an argument to <i><I>COMMAND</I></i>.<br><br><b><b>-m</b>, <b>--multi</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables multi-selection mode, allowing the user to select multiple items before pressing Enter. Selected items are highlighted.<br><br><b><b>--bind</b> <i><I>KEYBINDS</I></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Binds custom actions to specific key presses. This allows for highly customized interactive behavior within <b>skim</b>.<br><br><b><b>--ansi</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs <b>skim</b> to interpret ANSI color codes in the input, rendering colored output within the selection list.<br><br><b><b>--height</b> <i><I>HEIGHT</I></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the height of <b>skim</b>'s interface. Can be a percentage (e.g., '50%') or a number of lines (e.g., '20').<br><br><b><b>-0</b>, <b>--print0</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the selected items separated by a null character (ASCII NUL) instead of a newline. Useful for piping to <b>xargs -0</b>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><br></i>The <b>skim</b> command, often invoked as <b>sk</b>, is a powerful and highly customizable fuzzy finder written in Rust. It's designed to interactively filter lines from standard input or files, allowing users to quickly search, select, and process information. Typically, <b>skim</b> is used in combination with other commands by piping their output to <b>skim</b>, or by feeding it a list of files. It excels at tasks like finding files, navigating command history, selecting Git commits, or filtering through large lists of data. Its key features include speed, flexible matching algorithms (fuzzy, exact, regex), a configurable preview window for selected items, and support for custom actions triggered by keybindings. <b>skim</b> aims to provide a fast, efficient, and highly interactive user experience for navigating and sifting through textual information in the terminal.<i><br></i>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i><br></i><b>skim</b> requires a modern terminal emulator that supports ANSI escape codes for full functionality, including colors and interactive display. Configuring advanced features like custom key bindings and preview commands can be complex and may require some familiarity with shell scripting. For very large inputs (millions of lines), while generally fast, performance can still be a consideration.<i><br></i>


title: INTEGRATION WITH SHELLS
content:
<i><br></i><b>skim</b> provides scripts for shell integration (e.g., Bash, Zsh, Fish) that enable features like fuzzy-finding through command history (via `CTRL-R`), fuzzy-completion for files and directories, and more. These integrations significantly enhance command-line productivity by making <b>skim</b> a seamless part of the shell experience.<i><br></i>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i><br></i><b>skim</b> emerged as a high-performance fuzzy finder, written from scratch in Rust, a language known for its safety and speed. It was developed to offer an alternative to existing fuzzy finders like <b>fzf</b>, with a strong focus on customizability and a small memory footprint. Its development has been community-driven, gaining traction among users seeking a highly optimized and flexible tool for interactive data selection in the command line environment.<i><br></i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-o</b> <i>&lt;dir&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the <b>mandatory</b> output directory for generated reports and data files. This directory must not exist or be empty.<br><br><b><b>-W</b> <i>&lt;wordlist_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides a custom wordlist file to be used for dictionary-based fuzzing. <i>skipfish</i> comes with several built-in wordlists.<br><br><b><b>-S</b> <i>&lt;scope_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Loads a file containing additional URL patterns or rules to define the crawling scope, such as paths to include or exclude.<br><br><b><b>-I</b> <i>&lt;regex&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs <i>skipfish</i> to include only URLs that match the specified regular expression during crawling.<br><br><b><b>-X</b> <i>&lt;regex&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs <i>skipfish</i> to exclude URLs that match the specified regular expression from crawling and testing.<br><br><b><b>-C</b> <i>&lt;name=value&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a static cookie (e.g., for session management) that will be sent with all HTTP requests.<br><br><b><b>-H</b> <i>&lt;name=value&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a static HTTP header that will be included in all outgoing requests.<br><br><b><b>-u</b> <i>&lt;user:pass&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides HTTP authentication credentials (username:password) for basic or digest authentication.<br><br><b><b>-L</b> <i>&lt;num&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the maximum recursion depth for the crawler. Controls how many levels deep <i>skipfish</i> will follow links.<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>&lt;num&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the maximum number of requests per second sent to the target server, to control scan aggression.<br><br><b><b>-r</b> <i>&lt;timeout_ms&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the network request timeout in milliseconds. Requests taking longer than this will be aborted.<br><br><b><b>-A</b> <i>&lt;string&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a custom User-Agent string to be used for all HTTP requests.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i>&lt;proxy_host:port&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Routes all traffic through a specified HTTP or SOCKS proxy server.<br><br><b><b>-Y</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <i>skipfish</i> from descending to external domains found during crawling, keeping the scan strictly within the initial target domain.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>skipfish</i> is an active web application security reconnaissance tool developed by Michal Zalewski (lcamtuf) at Google. It is designed for high-performance, automated crawling and dictionary-based fuzzing against target web servers.<br><br>The tool recursively explores a target website, generating a comprehensive site map. It then actively probes for various security vulnerabilities, including <b>cross-site scripting (XSS)</b>, <b>SQL injection (SQLi)</b>, command injection, directory traversal, server-side request forgery (SSRF), and other common web application flaws. <i>skipfish</i> employs a sophisticated heuristic engine to identify potential issues and generates detailed, interactive HTML reports for analysis. Its emphasis on speed and efficiency makes it particularly suitable for large-scale web application scanning and for command-line driven penetration testing.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Resource Intensive</b>: <i>skipfish</i> can consume significant CPU and network resources on both the scanning machine and the target server due to its aggressive scanning nature.<br><br><b>Legal & Ethical Use</b>: Always ensure you have explicit permission to scan any target system. Unauthorized scanning can have legal consequences.<br><br><b>False Positives/Negatives</b>: Like all automated scanners, <i>skipfish</i> may report false positives (non-existent vulnerabilities) or miss some actual vulnerabilities (false negatives). Manual verification of findings is often recommended.<br><br><b>Active Development Status</b>: While powerful, its active development by Google largely ceased around 2012-2014. This means it might not detect the very latest vulnerability types or fully support modern web technologies as effectively as more actively maintained tools.<br><br><b>Firewall/IPS Detection</b>: Its aggressive and automated scanning patterns can trigger Web Application Firewalls (WAFs) or Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS), potentially leading to the scanner being blocked or blacklisted by the target.


title: REPORT GENERATION
content:
<i>skipfish</i> generates detailed, interactive <b>HTML-based reports</b> that are easy to navigate. These reports typically include a comprehensive site map of the discovered application structure, a list of identified vulnerabilities, and granular details about the specific requests and responses that triggered each finding.


title: FUZZING ENGINE
content:
The tool utilizes a sophisticated <b>dictionary-based fuzzing engine</b>. This allows it to discover vulnerabilities by intelligently injecting various payloads into different parts of HTTP requests (parameters, headers, paths), going beyond simple checks for known vulnerability signatures to find unknown weaknesses.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>skipfish</i> was developed by Michal Zalewski (lcamtuf), a prominent security researcher, during his tenure at Google. It was initially released in 2009. The tool quickly gained popularity owing to its high performance, comprehensive scanning capabilities, and the reputation of its developer. Written in C, it was designed as a fast and efficient command-line option for automated web application vulnerability discovery. While it saw active development and updates for several years, direct maintenance by Google has largely ceased. Despite this, it remains available in many Linux distribution repositories and is still considered a valuable tool for penetration testers and security professionals, particularly for high-speed, command-line driven scanning tasks.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>skopeo</b> <I>command</I> [ <I>command options</I> ] <I>arguments</I><br><br>Examples:<br><b>skopeo</b> inspect [ <I>options</I> ] <I>transport</I>:<I>imageReference</I><br><b>skopeo</b> copy [ <I>options</I> ] <I>source-image</I> <I>destination-image</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--debug</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output detailed debugging information.<br><br><b>--insecure-policy</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use an insecure signature policy, skipping policy checks. <br><b>Use with caution!</b><br><br><b>--override-arch <I>arch</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Override the architecture for the image (e.g., 'arm64', 'amd64').<br><br><b>--override-os <I>os</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Override the operating system for the image (e.g., 'linux', 'windows').<br><br><b>--tls-verify=<I>bool</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Require HTTPS and verify certificates when accessing registries (default: <i>true</i>).<br><br><b>copy --all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy all images if the source is a list (e.g., all architectures of a multi-arch image).<br><br><b>copy --format <I>format</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the format of the destination image (e.g., 'oci', 'docker', 'v2s1').<br><br><b>copy --dest-creds <I>username</I>:<I>password</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Credentials for authenticating with the destination registry.<br><br><b>inspect --format <I>format</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a Go template string to format the output. <br>Example: '{{.Name}}'<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>skopeo</i> is a command-line utility for working with container images and image repositories. It allows users to inspect images without downloading the entire image, copy images between various storage backends (e.g., Docker registries, local directories, OCI archives, <i>podman</i>/<i>docker</i> daemon storage), delete images from registries, and perform cryptographic operations like signing and verifying images. Unlike full container engines, <i>skopeo</i> operates at a lower level, directly interacting with image manifests and layers. This makes it particularly useful for tasks such as migrating images between different registries, creating local backups of remote images, or managing images in air-gapped environments where direct manipulation of image data is needed without a running container runtime.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>skopeo</i> relies on the <i>containers/image</i> library for its core functionality. While powerful, direct manipulation of image registries requires careful handling of credentials and understanding of image manifests. <br>Improper use, especially with options like <i>--insecure-policy</i> or disabling TLS verification, can compromise security.


title: IMAGE TRANSPORTS
content:
<i>skopeo</i> uses a URI-like syntax to specify image locations, known as 'transports'. These prefixes indicate where the image is located:<br><b>docker://</b> - A Docker-compatible registry (e.g., <i>docker.io/library/ubuntu</i>)<br><b>containers-storage://</b> - The local image store managed by <i>podman</i> or <i>buildah</i> (e.g., <i>containers-storage:localhost/my-image</i>)<br><b>oci://</b> - An OCI layout directory (e.g., <i>oci:/path/to/oci/layout:tag</i>)<br><b>dir://</b> - A directory with a single image, often used for local backups (e.g., <i>dir:/path/to/image-dir</i>)<br><b>docker-daemon://</b> - Images stored in a local Docker daemon (e.g., <i>docker-daemon:ubuntu:latest</i>)


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>skopeo</i> emerged from the need for a standalone tool to manipulate container images without requiring a full container runtime or daemon. It is part of the broader <i>containers/image</i> project, which provides libraries for working with container images, registries, and signatures. Its development emphasizes compliance with OCI (Open Container Initiative) image specifications, making it a flexible tool in the modern container ecosystem.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows people calling for help from the train cars. All cars are animated.<br><br><b>-l</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a smaller, "long format" version of the locomotive, mimicking 'ls -l'.<br><br><b>-F</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Makes the train fly across the screen, adding a fantastical element.<br><br><b>-e</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables 'every error' mode, which often prevents immediate interruption with Ctrl+C, making the full animation play out. This is part of the command's humorous intent.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b><I>sl</I></b> command (Steam Locomotive) is a whimsical, non-functional program designed to provide a humorous response to a common typing mistake: accidentally entering "sl" instead of "ls". Instead of an error message, <b><I>sl</I></b> displays an ASCII art animation of a steam locomotive passing across your terminal screen. It serves no practical purpose in system administration or file management but is purely for entertainment. It's often installed as a joke or a fun addition to a Linux system, reminding users of the occasional beauty and playfulness hidden within the command-line interface. Its animation, sometimes accompanied by sound effects (depending on the installation), provides a brief, delightful distraction.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b><I>sl</I></b> is purely for entertainment and should not be confused with any serious utility. It consumes terminal resources for its animation and offers no functional benefits. Repeatedly typing it can be distracting or mildly annoying if not intended.


title: PURPOSE
content:
While appearing to be a simple terminal animation, <b><I>sl</I></b> serves as a playful reminder of human error and the potential for humor even in technical interfaces. It's a testament to the creativity found within the open-source community, transforming a mundane typo into a moment of amusement.


title: CUSTOMIZATION
content:
Some versions or installations of <b><I>sl</I></b> might include sound effects or have slightly different animations, depending on the compiler options or specific distribution packages. Its simplicity often allows for easy porting and minor variations.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b><I>sl</I></b> command was created by Toyoda as a humorous response to the common typo of typing `sl` instead of `ls` (list directory contents). Its primary motivation was to give users a fun, unexpected output instead of a simple "command not found" error. It quickly gained popularity in the Unix/Linux community as a delightful example of the playful side of open-source development, becoming a staple "joke" command found in many distributions.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--token <token></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Slack API token (e.g., <i>xoxb-YOUR_BOT_TOKEN</i> or <i>xoxp-YOUR_USER_TOKEN</i>).<br><br><b>--channel <channel></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Target channel or user (e.g., <i>#general</i>, <i>@user</i>, or channel ID <i>C12345</i>).<br><br><b>--filename <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Filename displayed in Slack (defaults to <i>stdin</i> or actual filename).<br><br><b>--title <title></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Title for the Slack message/file.<br><br><b>--filetype <type></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;File type for syntax highlighting (e.g., <i>text</i>, <i>auto</i>, <i>bash</i>, <i>json</i>, <i>log</i>).<br><br><b>--unfurl</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable link unfurling (if supported by token type).<br><br><b>--raw</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Upload content as a raw file without pretty printing.<br><br><b>--pretty</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Format content for pretty printing (e.g., using <i>jq</i> for JSON).<br><br><b>--webhook <url></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a Slack Incoming Webhook URL instead of a token.<br><br><b>--username <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Override the bot's username (for webhooks).<br><br><b>--icon-emoji <emoji></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Override the bot's icon with an emoji (for webhooks).<br><br><b>--icon-url <url></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Override the bot's icon with an image URL (for webhooks).<br><br><b>--initial-comment <comment></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Add an initial comment to the file upload.<br><br><b>-v, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print version information and exit.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>slackcat</i> is a command-line utility that enables users to pipe standard input (e.g., output from other commands) or send local files directly to a Slack channel or user. It acts like the <i>cat</i> command but instead of printing to standard output, it uploads the content to Slack. It's particularly useful for integrating shell scripts with Slack, sending alerts, logs, or quick reports without leaving the terminal.<br><br><i>slackcat</i> supports various options to customize the message, including specifying the target channel, the filename displayed in Slack, the file type for syntax highlighting, and whether to unfurl links. It can authenticate using a Slack API token (legacy or bot) or a Slack Incoming Webhook URL.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>API Token Security:</b> Directly embedding API tokens in scripts can be a security risk. Consider using environment variables (e.g., <i>SLACKCAT_TOKEN</i>) or a secure vault.<br><b>Webhook vs. Token:</b> Webhooks offer less control (e.g., no file uploads, only messages) but are simpler. API tokens provide more features but require proper scope management.<br><b>Rate Limiting:</b> Frequent or large uploads might hit Slack API rate limits, leading to errors or temporary blocks.<br><b>File Size Limits:</b> Slack has file size limits (currently 1GB per file for uploads, but very large files might be slow to process).<br><b>Network Dependency:</b> Requires an active internet connection to communicate with Slack.


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
<i>slackcat</i> often supports reading <i>SLACKCAT_TOKEN</i> and <i>SLACKCAT_CHANNEL</i> environment variables, removing the need to specify them with command-line flags for every invocation. This is a recommended practice for managing sensitive information like API tokens.


title: PIPING AND FILE ARGUMENTS
content:
<i>slackcat</i> can receive input either by piping data to its standard input (e.g., <i>ls -l | slackcat</i>) or by specifying file paths as arguments (e.g., <i>slackcat mylog.txt otherlog.log</i>). When both are provided, it typically processes the piped input first, then the files.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>slackcat</i> was developed as a simple, Unix-friendly tool to bridge the gap between command-line operations and Slack notifications. Its creation aimed to provide a lightweight alternative to more complex integrations or directly using <i>curl</i> with Slack APIs, making it easy for developers and system administrators to send data to Slack channels directly from their shell scripts or interactive sessions. It gained popularity for its straightforward usage pattern, mirroring the beloved <i>cat</i> command, but with a network destination. It's often found in various open-source repositories, with ongoing development adapting to Slack API changes.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<B>slapt-get</B> [<I>options</I>] <I>command</I> [<I>package(s)</I>]<BR><BR>Common commands:<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>update</B><BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>install</B> <I>package(s)</I><BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>remove</B> <I>package(s)</I><BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>upgrade</B><BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>dist-upgrade</B><BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>search</B> <I>keyword</I><BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>clean</B><BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>list-upgradable</B>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-u, --update</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Refreshes the local package list from all configured repositories. This should be run before installing or upgrading packages.<br><br><b>-i, --install <I>package(s)</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Installs the specified package(s). <I>slapt-get</I> will download the packages and their dependencies, then use Slackware's <I>installpkg</I> to install them.<br><br><b>-r, --remove <I>package(s)</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Removes the specified package(s). It uses Slackware's <I>removepkg</I> as its backend.<br><br><b>-U, --upgrade</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Upgrades all currently installed packages for which newer versions are available in the configured repositories. It leverages <I>upgradepkg</I>.<br><br><b>-D, --dist-upgrade</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a distribution upgrade, attempting to intelligently handle dependencies and changes between major Slackware releases.<br><br><b>-s, --search <I>keyword</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Searches for packages whose names or descriptions match the provided keyword.<br><br><b>-c, --clean</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Clears the local cache of downloaded package files, freeing up disk space.<br><br><b>-d, --download-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Downloads packages to the local cache without installing or upgrading them. Useful for offline installations.<br><br><b>-y, --assume-yes</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically answers 'yes' to all prompts, allowing for non-interactive operations.<br><br><b>-L, --list-upgradable</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all packages that have newer versions available in the configured repositories and can be upgraded.<br><br><b>-k, --no-recursion</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <I>slapt-get</I> from automatically installing recursive dependencies. Useful for fine-grained control.<br><br><b>-P, --prefer-installed</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;During an upgrade, prefers to keep the currently installed package version if a conflict arises or a suitable newer version is not found.<br><br><b>-G, --no-gpg-check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables GPG signature checking for packages. Use with caution as it bypasses a security measure.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message and exits.<br><br><b>-v, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays version information for <I>slapt-get</I> and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>slapt-get</i> is a powerful command-line package management utility designed for <B>Slackware Linux</B>. It aims to provide an experience similar to Debian's <I>apt-get</I>, simplifying the process of installing, upgrading, and removing software packages.<BR><BR>Unlike some other distributions' package managers, <I>slapt-get</I> respects Slackware's minimalist philosophy, focusing on fetching packages from configured repositories and assisting with basic dependency management by leveraging Slackware's native package tools like <I>installpkg</I> and <I>upgradepkg</I> as its backend. Users define remote package sources in the <I>/etc/slapt-get/slapt-getrc</I> configuration file. It streamlines the typically manual process of keeping a Slackware system up-to-date and installing new software.


title: CAVEATS
content:
While <I>slapt-get</I> provides an <I>APT</I>-like interface, it adheres to <B>Slackware's philosophy</B> of explicit dependency management. It can list and fetch dependencies defined in repository metadata, but it <B>does not perform the deep, automatic dependency resolution or conflict resolution</B> found in tools like <I>APT</I> or <I>DNF</I>. Users are still expected to have a good understanding of their system's dependencies. Furthermore, <I>slapt-get</I> relies heavily on the quality and completeness of the configured third-party repositories. It is <B>not an official part of the core Slackware distribution</B> but is widely adopted by the community.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE (<I>SLAPT-GETRC</I>)
content:
The primary configuration for <I>slapt-get</I> is managed through the <B>/etc/slapt-get/slapt-getrc</B> file. This file specifies the URLs of the package repositories, such as official Slackware mirrors, Salix OS repositories, or other community-maintained sources. Correct configuration of this file is essential for <I>slapt-get</I> to function properly and access the desired package lists.


title: UNDERLYING PACKAGE TOOLS
content:
It's important to understand that <I>slapt-get</I> itself does not directly manipulate packages on the system. Instead, after downloading the necessary files and resolving dependencies (to the extent of its capabilities), it acts as a frontend to Slackware's native package utilities: <B>installpkg</B>, <B>removepkg</B>, and <B>upgradepkg</B>. This means that <I>slapt-get</I> maintains compatibility with Slackware's robust and transparent package structure.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>slapt-get</I> emerged as a community-driven initiative to bring a more automated package management experience to Slackware users, who traditionally manage packages with simple tools like <I>installpkg</I> and <I>removepkg</I>. Inspired by Debian's <I>apt-get</I>, it was developed to simplify tasks like fetching packages from remote repositories and handling basic dependencies. Its development began in the early 2000s, and it has since become a popular, albeit unofficial, tool for Slackware users looking for a streamlined way to maintain their systems and install software.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-u</b>, <I>--update</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Updates the local database of available SlackBuilds from configured repositories.<br><br><b><b>-i</b>, <I>--install</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Builds and installs one or more specified source packages. This will download the source, run the SlackBuild, and then install the resulting binary package.<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <I>--remove</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Removes the SlackBuild script and associated downloaded source files for a package. Note: this does <i>not</i> remove the binary package installed by a previous <b>-i</b> operation.<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <I>--search</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Searches for source packages matching a given keyword or pattern in the available SlackBuilds list.<br><br><b><b>-l</b>, <I>--list</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all available source packages (SlackBuilds) from the configured repositories.<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <I>--clean</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cleans up downloaded source tarballs and temporary build directories for packages.<br><br><b><b>-b</b>, <I>--build</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Builds a package from source but does <i>not</i> install it. This will leave the generated .tgz package in the current directory or a specified build directory.<br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <I>--download</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Downloads source tarballs for a specified package but does not proceed with building or installation.<br><br><b><b>-e</b>, <I>--exist</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks if a specified source package (SlackBuild) exists in the configured repositories.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <I>--verbose</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, providing more details during operations like updating, building, or installing.<br><br><b><b>-y</b>, <I>--assume-yes</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assumes 'yes' to all prompts during interactive operations, allowing for non-interactive execution.<br><br><b><b>-D</b>, <I>--dry-run</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a simulated run of the command without making any actual changes to the system or downloading files.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <I>--help</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>slapt-src</b> is a command-line utility integral to the Slackware Linux ecosystem, designed for advanced management of software packages compiled from source code. It complements <b>slapt-get</b>, which primarily handles binary package installations, by providing a robust system for automating the process of downloading, building, and installing software from its source code using Slackware's native SlackBuild scripts.<br><br>This tool empowers users to build and install highly customized software, access the latest upstream versions of applications, or compile programs not readily available as pre-compiled binary packages. It streamlines the often complex task of manual compilation by leveraging SlackBuilds, which are shell scripts that define the build process and ensure adherence to Slackware's packaging standards. <b>slapt-src</b> is essential for Slackware users who require fine-grained control over their installed software, enabling them to maintain a highly tailored and up-to-date system environment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Building software from source can be resource-intensive, requiring significant CPU time and disk space for source files and temporary build directories. The success of a build heavily relies on the quality and maintenance of the SlackBuild script; outdated or broken scripts can lead to compilation failures.<br><br><b>slapt-src</b> operations that modify the system (like <I>-i</I> or <I>-c</I>) generally require root privileges or execution via <I>sudo</I>. An active internet connection is necessary to download both SlackBuild scripts and the actual source tarballs for the software.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
<b>slapt-src</b> reads its primary configuration from <I>/etc/slapt-get/slapt-src.conf</I>. This file defines the URLs of SlackBuild repositories (often community-maintained), as well as various options influencing how packages are built and installed. Users can customize this file to add their own SlackBuild repositories or adjust global build settings.<br>


title: DEPENDENCIES
content:
While <b>slapt-src</b> automates much of the build process, it assumes that the necessary build-time tools (such as compilers like <I>gcc</I>, build systems like <I>make</I>, and various development libraries) are already present on the system. It does not automatically install these build dependencies itself. Any runtime dependencies for the final binary package are typically managed by <b>slapt-get</b> during the installation phase.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>slapt-src</b> emerged as a crucial component of the <b>slapt-get</b> project, which began as an effort to bring APT-like dependency resolution and package management capabilities to Slackware Linux. While <b>slapt-get</b> initially focused on pre-compiled binary packages, the need for a robust and integrated solution for managing source-based software became evident. This led to the development of <b>slapt-src</b>, designed to work in conjunction with <b>slapt-get</b> to provide a comprehensive package management experience that includes automated building and installation from source code using Slackware's native SlackBuild system. Its evolution reflects the Slackware community's commitment to both simplicity and flexibility in system administration.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>slattach</b> [<b>-c</b>] [<b>-L</b>] [<b>-p</b> <I>protocol</I>] [<b>-s</b> <I>speed</I>] [<b>-v</b>] <I>device</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-c</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not fork; stay in the foreground. This is useful for debugging or when running <i>slattach</i> under a process manager.<br><br><b><b>-L</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable 3-wire operation (local loopback). This option is for specific serial line setups where fewer control lines are used.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <I>protocol</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the line discipline protocol to use. Common values include <B>slip</B> (default), <B>cslip</B> (compressed SLIP), <B>adaptive</B> (attempts to detect slip/cslip), <B>ppp</B> (often executes <i>pppd</i>), <B>kiss</B>, and <B>smc-slip</B>.<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <I>speed</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the serial port speed (baud rate). Common speeds include 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, etc.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output, providing more information about the operation and status.<br><br><b><I>device</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the serial port device to attach, e.g., <B>/dev/ttyS0</B> or <B>/dev/ttyUSB0</B>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>slattach</i> is a command-line utility used to attach a serial line (TTY device) as a network interface. Its primary historical purpose was to implement <I>Serial Line Internet Protocol</I> (SLIP) or <I>Compressed SLIP</I> (CSLIP) connections, allowing IP traffic to be routed over a serial port. When executed, <i>slattach</i> opens the specified serial device, sets its line discipline to either <B>SLIPDISC</B> or <B>CSLIPDISC</B> (or other protocols based on options), and typically forks into the background, making the serial port available as a network interface (e.g., <B>sl0</B>, <B>sl1</B>).<br><br>While <i>slattach</i> enabled early forms of IP networking over dial-up or direct serial connections, it has largely been superseded by <I>Point-to-Point Protocol</I> (PPP) via tools like <I>pppd</I>, which offers superior error correction, authentication, and dynamic IP assignment. After <i>slattach</i> establishes the connection, the resulting network interface usually needs to be configured with IP addresses and routing information using commands like <B>ifconfig</B> and <B>route</B> for the connection to be functional.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>slattach</i> primarily supports <B>SLIP</B> and <B>CSLIP</B>, which are now largely obsolete for general internet connectivity due to their limitations (no error correction, no authentication, fixed IP addresses). For modern dial-up or serial connections, <B>PPP</B> (managed by <I>pppd</I>) is the standard.<br><br>Using <I>slattach</I> requires root privileges as it modifies system network interfaces and serial port settings. The serial port must not be in use by another application. After successful execution, you still need to configure the created network interface (e.g., <B>sl0</B>) with an IP address and routes using tools like <B>ifconfig</B> and <B>route</B>. If <B>-p ppp</B> is used, <I>slattach</I> may simply exec the <I>pppd</I> daemon.


title: USAGE EXAMPLE
content:
To attach <B>/dev/ttyS0</B> as a SLIP interface at 38400 baud and then configure it:<br><code>sudo slattach -s 38400 /dev/ttyS0</code><br><code>sudo ifconfig sl0 192.168.1.1 pointopoint 192.168.1.2 up</code><br><code>sudo route add default gw 192.168.1.2</code><br>This example assumes a direct SLIP connection between two machines where <B>sl0</B> is the first assigned SLIP interface.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>Serial Line Internet Protocol</I> (SLIP) was one of the earliest methods for encapsulating IP packets over serial lines, widely adopted in the early days of the Internet (late 1980s, early 1990s) when dedicated network hardware was less common or prohibitively expensive. <I>slattach</I> emerged as a crucial utility to enable this type of networking on Unix-like systems. It was a foundational component for connecting standalone computers or small networks to the nascent Internet via modems. Its usage declined significantly with the rise of the more robust and feature-rich <I>Point-to-Point Protocol</I> (PPP) in the mid-1990s, which addressed many of SLIP's shortcomings like lack of error detection, authentication, and multi-protocol support. Despite its obsolescence for general internet access, <I>slattach</I> remains part of the net-tools package in many Linux distributions, sometimes used for very specific embedded or legacy serial communications.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-alpha</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Makes the background of the output <i>PPM</i> image transparent instead of solid black. This is useful for overlaying the image onto other backgrounds using tools like <b>pamstack</b>.<br><br><b><b>-negate</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Inverts the colors of the image, resulting in a white background with black lines/elements, as opposed to the default black background with colored lines.<br><br><b><i>sldfile</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the input <i>Gould plot SLD</i> file. If not specified, <b>sldtoppm</b> reads the <i>SLD</i> data from <i>standard input</i>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>sldtoppm</b> is a specialized utility within the comprehensive <i>Netpbm</i> image manipulation toolkit. Its primary function is to convert <i>Gould plot slide (SLD)</i> files into the <i>Portable Pixmap (PPM)</i> image format. <i>SLD</i> files are a specific, older graphical format typically generated by the <b>gould.plot</b> program, often used for scientific or engineering plots.<br><br><b>sldtoppm</b> reads the <i>SLD</i> data from a specified input file or from <i>standard input</i> if no file is provided, and it outputs the resulting <i>PPM</i> image to <i>standard output</i>. This tool is invaluable for integrating legacy <i>Gould plot</i> data into modern digital workflows, enabling users to view, edit, or combine these plots with other images using the vast array of <i>Netpbm</i> utilities, such as <b>pamstack</b> for layering or <b>pnmtopng</b> for converting to more common formats. Its filter-like operation makes it suitable for scripting and piping in command-line environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>Gould plot SLD</i> files are a somewhat niche and older format. The <b>gould.plot</b> utility that generates these files might not be readily available or widely used in modern environments. <b>sldtoppm</b> specifically handles this legacy format, and its utility is primarily for working with existing <i>SLD</i> data.


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT USAGE
content:
<b>sldtoppm</b> operates as a filter, reading its input from a file specified on the command line or from <i>standard input</i> (<i>stdin</i>) if no file is given. The converted <i>PPM</i> image is always written to <i>standard output</i> (<i>stdout</i>). This design allows for easy piping of data, for example: <br><code>cat plot.sld | <b>sldtoppm</b> -negate > plot.ppm</code> <br>or <br><code>some_program_outputting_sld | <b>sldtoppm</b> > image.ppm</code>


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>sldtoppm</b> is part of the long-standing <i>Netpbm</i> image manipulation toolkit, which originated from the PBMplus toolkit. <i>Netpbm</i> has evolved over many years, providing a comprehensive collection of small, specialized tools for converting and manipulating various image formats, often designed to work together in command-line pipelines. <b>sldtoppm</b> serves as a specific converter for an older scientific plotting format, reflecting <i>Netpbm's</i> dedication to handling diverse graphical data and supporting legacy systems.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>NUMBER</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The duration to sleep for. Can be a non-negative integer or a floating-point number (e.g., '1.5').<br><br><b>SUFFIX</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Optional unit suffix: <I>s</I> for seconds (default), <I>m</I> for minutes, <I>h</I> for hours, <I>d</I> for days.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>sleep</b> command is used to delay or pause the execution of a shell script or a command for a specified amount of time. It is a fundamental utility commonly employed in shell scripting for various tasks requiring a delay, such as waiting for a process to complete, staggering the execution of commands, or implementing simple rate limiting.<br><br>The duration can be specified as a number, and on most modern Linux systems (specifically GNU Coreutils), it also supports a unit suffix (seconds, minutes, hours, or days) and floating-point numbers for sub-second delays. If no unit suffix is provided, the duration is interpreted in seconds by default.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The actual sleep duration might be slightly longer than requested due to system load and scheduling overhead. <br> The command can be interrupted by signals like <I>Ctrl+C</I> (SIGINT), which will terminate the sleep prematurely.


title: FLOATING-POINT SUPPORT
content:
GNU <b>sleep</b> supports floating-point numbers for the duration, allowing for sub-second delays (e.g., <I>sleep 0.5</I> for half a second).


title: MULTIPLE ARGUMENTS
content:
On GNU systems, multiple <I>NUMBER</I>[<I>SUFFIX</I>] arguments can be provided, and their durations will be summed (e.g., <I>sleep 1m 30s</I> sleeps for 90 seconds).


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>sleep</b> command is a fundamental utility in Unix-like operating systems, dating back to the early days of Unix. It is part of the GNU Core Utilities, providing basic system commands. Over time, its functionality has been standardized and enhanced, particularly with the addition of floating-point number support for sub-second delays and the ability to sum multiple time arguments, making it more versatile for modern scripting needs.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-o, --output FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path for the output file. By default, output is sent to standard output.<br><br><b>-r, --require LIBRARY</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Requires a Ruby library before processing the Slim template, making its classes and modules available.<br><br><b>-s, --static</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Renders the template as static HTML by disabling the execution of any embedded Ruby code.<br><br><b>-p, --pretty</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pretty prints the output HTML with proper indentation for improved readability.<br><br><b>-l, --layout FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a layout file that will wrap the content of the main Slim template.<br><br><b>-f, --format FORMAT</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the output format. Common formats include <i>html</i>, <i>xhtml</i>, and <i>xml</i>.<br><br><b>-e, --exec CODE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes arbitrary Ruby code provided as a string before the template rendering begins.<br><br><b>-c, --compile</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compiles the Slim template into raw Ruby code rather than rendered HTML or other markup.<br><br><b>-d, --disable-escape</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables HTML escaping for interpolated Ruby code, allowing raw output.<br><br><b>-t, --disable-tags</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables the output of HTML tags, only rendering the content within them.<br><br><b>--trace</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows a full Ruby backtrace when an error occurs during processing.<br><br><b>--erb</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs the template in ERB (Embedded Ruby) syntax instead of HTML.<br><br><b>--rails</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables compatibility features specifically designed for Ruby on Rails environments.<br><br><b>--stdin</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads the Slim template content from standard input rather than a specified file.<br><br><b>-v, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the installed <b>slimrb</b> version information.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the command-line help message, detailing available options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Slim is a fast, lightweight templating language inspired by Haml, offering a concise and elegant syntax for generating HTML, XML, or other markup. <b>slimrb</b> is the command-line interface for the Slim templating engine.<br><br>It allows users to compile Slim template files directly from the terminal, rendering them into their desired output format, typically HTML. It supports features like Ruby code embedding, layout files, and various output formatting options, making it a versatile tool for both web development and standalone markup generation.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Using <b>slimrb</b> requires the Ruby programming language to be installed on your system. Additionally, the <i>slim</i> gem must be installed via RubyGems (e.g., <code>gem install slim</code>) for the command to function correctly.<br><br>Errors within embedded Ruby code in Slim templates can halt the rendering process unless explicitly handled within the Ruby code itself.


title: INPUT AND OUTPUT
content:
<b>slimrb</b> can process one or more Slim files specified as arguments. If no files are given, or if the <code>--stdin</code> option is used, it reads template content from standard input. The processed output is sent to standard output by default, unless the <code>--output</code> option is used to redirect it to a specified file.


title: RUBY INTEGRATION
content:
Slim templates allow seamless embedding of Ruby code using specific syntax (e.g., <code>=</code> for output, <code>-</code> for execution, <code>&amp;</code> for unescaped output). <b>slimrb</b> executes this embedded Ruby code during the rendering process, enabling the generation of dynamic content based on data or logic.


title: HISTORY
content:
Slim was created to offer a faster and more streamlined alternative to Haml, focusing on performance and simplicity. It quickly gained popularity within the Ruby community for its clean syntax and speed, becoming a favored choice for web applications, especially those built with frameworks like Ruby on Rails or Sinatra, where efficient template rendering is crucial. Its development continues to evolve with Ruby language features, maintaining its position as a robust templating solution.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><I>target_file</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The existing file or directory to which the symbolic link will point.<br><br><b><I>link_name</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The name of the new symbolic link to be created.<br><br><b><I>--help</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br><b><I>--version</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>sln</I> command is a utility designed to create symbolic links (symlinks) in an atomic and safe manner. Unlike the more commonly used <I>ln -s</I> command, <I>sln</I> ensures that the link creation process is robust against system crashes or interruptions. It achieves this by first creating a temporary symbolic link to the target file or directory, and then atomically renaming this temporary link to its final desired name. This two-step process guarantees that at no point is a partially created or corrupted symbolic link exposed. If an old link with the same name exists, it is replaced atomically, meaning the old link remains valid until the new one is fully in place. While <I>ln -s</I> is simpler and more widely used, <I>sln</I> offers important safety for critical system scripts or high-availability environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>sln</I> is not as universally available as <B>ln(1)</B> and may need to be installed separately on some Linux distributions. While it offers atomicity, which <B>ln -s</B> does not by default, this benefit is often not critical enough for its widespread adoption. Its simplicity also means it lacks many features found in <B>ln</B>, such as force overwriting (<B>-f</B>), interactive prompting (<B>-i</B>), or verbose output (<B>-v</B>).


title: ATOMIC OPERATION EXPLAINED
content:
The core advantage of <I>sln</I> lies in its atomic operation. It first creates a temporary symbolic link (e.g., <I>link.tmp</I>) pointing to the target. Once this temporary link is fully established, it is then atomically renamed to the desired <I>link_name</I>. This <B>rename(2)</B> system call is atomic on POSIX-compliant file systems, meaning the old link (if it existed) is replaced by the new one in a single, indivisible operation, preventing any state where the link is partially updated or pointing incorrectly during a crash or interruption.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>sln</I> command was developed to address the non-atomic nature of symbolic link creation with <B>ln -s</B>. In older or less robust systems, an interruption during <B>ln -s</B> could leave a partially created or corrupt link. <I>sln</I> provides a safer alternative by using a temporary file and an atomic rename operation. While it served an important purpose, its usage has declined over time as <B>ln -s</B> has proven sufficiently robust for most modern use cases, and the overhead of <I>sln</I>'s atomic operation is generally not warranted. It remains available in some <I>util-linux</I> distributions but is rarely the default choice.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-s, --scale <float></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output coordinates scaled by this factor.<br><br><b>-b, --border <color:thickness></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set selection border color and thickness. E.g., "red:2".<br><br><b>-c, --color <color></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set selection box fill color.<br><br><b>-f, --format <string></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify output format string. E.g., "%x %y %w %h" or "%g" for WxH+X+Y.<br><br><b>-t, --tolerance <int></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pixel tolerance for snapping to windows or outputs.<br><br><b>--highlight-active-outputs</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Highlight detected active outputs. (Wayland specific).<br><br><b>--passive</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't grab keyboard/pointer; useful for overlays or non-interactive use.<br><br><b>--pointer-color <color></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the color of the pointer.<br><br><b>--rects <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read initial rectangles from a file to display.<br><br><b>--fill-rects</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fill rectangles specified by --rects instead of just bordering them.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show help message and exit.<br><br><b>-v, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>slop</i> is a command-line utility designed for interactively selecting a region of the screen and printing its geometry coordinates to standard output. It supports both X11 and Wayland display servers, making it a versatile tool for various desktop environments. While <i>slop</i> itself does not capture screenshots, it is commonly used in conjunction with other screenshot tools like <i>grim</i> (for Wayland) or <i>scrot</i> (for X11) by piping its output as the target region for capture. The output format is highly configurable, allowing users to specify the desired coordinates (x, y, width, height) and their separator. Its simplicity and composability make it an essential component for custom screenshot scripts and other graphical automation tasks requiring precise region selection.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>slop</i> requires a running Wayland compositor or X server to function correctly. Its behavior and appearance might vary slightly between different compositors and X window managers due to variations in drawing and input handling. Ensure the necessary permissions and display server socket access are available. For Wayland, it relies on specific Wayland protocols (like `wlr_layer_shell`, `wlr_input_inhibitor`) which might not be supported by all compositors, although support is widespread.


title: COMMON USAGE
content:
To capture a selected region using <i>grim</i> (Wayland):<br><i>grim -g "$(slop -f "%g")" output.png</i><br><br>To capture a selected region using <i>scrot</i> (X11):<br><i>scrot -g "$(slop -f "%g")" output.png</i><br>Note: While <i>scrot</i>'s `-s` option provides built-in interactive selection, <i>slop</i> offers more control over selection appearance and output format, or for consistency across display servers.


title: OUTPUT FORMAT PLACEHOLDERS
content:
The `-f` or `--format` option allows specifying a custom output string using placeholders:<br><i>%x</i>: X coordinate of the top-left corner.<br><i>%y</i>: Y coordinate of the top-left corner.<br><i>%w</i>: Width of the selected region.<br><i>%h</i>: Height of the selected region.<br><i>%g</i>: Geometry string (e.g., "WIDTHxHEIGHT+X+Y").<br><i>%o</i>: Output index (Wayland only).


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>slop</i> emerged as part of the growing ecosystem of Wayland-native tools, designed to provide the functionality of X11 tools like `xwininfo -geometry` or `import` in the Wayland environment. It gained popularity particularly within the Sway community, a tiling Wayland compositor, where it integrates seamlessly with `grim` for region-based screenshots. Its development reflects the ongoing effort to build a robust and feature-rich set of utilities for the Wayland display server, mirroring the capabilities available on X11, emphasizing simplicity and composability.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>slurmctld</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>]<br><br>Commonly invoked directly or via a service manager (e.g., <i>systemd</i>) without arguments, or with specific options for debugging or configuration validation.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-b</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Bootstraps the daemon. Primarily for initial setup, less common with modern service managers like <i>systemd</i>.<br><br><b><b>-c</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks the configuration file (<i>slurm.conf</i>) for validity and exits. Does not start the daemon.<br><br><b><b>-D</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables debug mode. Increases the verbosity of log messages to aid in troubleshooting.<br><br><b><b>-d &lt;seconds&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs the daemon to suspend operation for the specified number of <i>seconds</i>, typically used for testing purposes.<br><br><b><b>-f</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs the daemon in the foreground, preventing it from detaching from the controlling terminal.<br><br><b><b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message with a list of available command-line options.<br><br><b><b>-i</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Notifies <i>systemd</i> or similar init systems that the daemon's initialization is complete.<br><br><b><b>-L &lt;file&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative log file <i>path</i> for the daemon's output, overriding the default or <i>slurm.conf</i> setting.<br><br><b><b>-n</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not daemonize, similar to <b>-f</b> but often with different implications for logging destinations.<br><br><b><b>-R</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Restores the saved state of the daemon from its state file, crucial for maintaining cluster state across restarts.<br><br><b><b>-s</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Directs log output to <i>stderr</i> (standard error), useful when running in the foreground for interactive debugging.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increases the verbosity level of log messages. Can be repeated for higher verbosity (e.g., <b>-vvv</b>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>slurmctld</b> daemon is the central management component of the Slurm Workload Manager. It is responsible for monitoring the state of all nodes and partitions within a Slurm cluster, dynamically scheduling jobs based on available resources and policy, and allocating those resources to user tasks. It serves as the primary interface for all user commands, processing job submissions, status queries, and requests for cluster information. The daemon reads its operational configuration from the <i>slurm.conf</i> file and maintains the authoritative state of the entire cluster. As the core of the Slurm system, <b>slurmctld</b> is critical for the proper functioning of any Slurm-managed cluster; without it, no jobs can be scheduled, managed, or executed on the cluster resources.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Only one active <b>slurmctld</b> instance can manage a Slurm cluster at any given time, though High Availability (HA) configurations allow for hot standby daemons. Its proper operation is entirely dependent on a correct <i>slurm.conf</i> file. Misconfigurations can lead to jobs not scheduling, nodes being marked down, or other cluster-wide issues. All log messages are critical for troubleshooting.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
<b>slurmctld</b> relies heavily on the <i>slurm.conf</i> file for its operational parameters, including node definitions, partitions, security settings, and logging locations. It also manages its operational state in files like <i>slurmctld.state</i> and logs activity to <i>slurmctld.log</i> (or as configured).


title: SIGNAL HANDLING
content:
<b>slurmctld</b> responds to various signals: <b>SIGHUP</b> reloads the configuration; <b>SIGTERM</b> and <b>SIGINT</b> initiate a graceful shutdown; <b>SIGUSR1</b> and <b>SIGUSR2</b> can be used to increase or decrease the debug logging level respectively, without restarting the daemon.


title: HIGH AVAILABILITY (HA)
content:
For critical environments, <b>slurmctld</b> supports an active/backup configuration. This allows a standby daemon to take over management of the cluster automatically if the primary <b>slurmctld</b> fails, ensuring continuous operation.


title: HISTORY
content:
Slurm (Simple Linux Utility for Resource Management) was developed at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) as an open-source workload manager. The <b>slurmctld</b> daemon has been a core component since its inception in the early 2000s, evolving to meet the demands of large-scale HPC clusters. It replaced earlier proprietary and open-source systems like Moab, Maui, and PBS/Torque, gaining significant traction due to its scalability, flexibility, and robust feature set.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
slurm.conf(5), sbatch(1), srun(1), squeue(1), sinfo(1), sacct(1), slurmdbd(8), slurmd(8), sched_diag(1)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-c, --conf=<file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an alternate <i>slurm.conf</i> configuration file path.<br><br><b>-D, --debug</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run in debug mode, logging extensively and preventing daemonization.<br><br><b>-f, --foreground</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not daemonize; run <b>slurmd</b> in the foreground. Useful for debugging.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a brief help message and exit.<br><br><b>-L, --locate</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Locate and print the paths of Slurm configuration files.<br><br><b>-M, --man</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the <b>slurmd</b> manual page using the <i>man</i> utility.<br><br><b>-v, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the <b>slurmd</b> version number and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>slurmd</b> command launches the Slurm daemon on a compute node, making it an essential component of any Slurm cluster. Its primary role is to manage and monitor tasks on that specific node, accepting job steps dispatched by the <b>slurmctld</b> (the Slurm controller daemon). It runs continuously in the background, typically initiated during system boot via a service manager like systemd.<br><br><b>slurmd</b> is responsible for launching user applications, enforcing resource limits defined in the job script or partition configuration, and tracking the status of running jobs and job steps. It communicates regularly with <b>slurmctld</b> to report node health, job status, and resource utilization. Without a running <b>slurmd</b> on a node, that node cannot accept or execute Slurm jobs, effectively isolating it from the cluster's compute capabilities. It plays a critical role in resource allocation, job scheduling, and ensuring the smooth execution of high-performance computing workloads.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Proper configuration via <i>slurm.conf(5)</i> is paramount for <b>slurmd</b> to function correctly. Ensure network connectivity to the <b>slurmctld</b> daemon and appropriate permissions for Slurm's log and spool directories. Misconfigurations can lead to nodes not joining the cluster or jobs failing to launch.


title: PRIMARY CONFIGURATION
content:
While <b>slurmd</b> has command-line options, most of its operational parameters, such as node resources, logging, and communication with <b>slurmctld</b>, are configured through the <i>slurm.conf(5)</i> file. This file is typically located at <i>/etc/slurm/slurm.conf</i> and must be consistent across all Slurm daemons.


title: TYPICAL STARTUP
content:
<b>slurmd</b> is almost always started as a system service (e.g., using <i>systemd</i> on modern Linux distributions) at boot time. It's rarely invoked directly from the command line by an administrator for normal operation, except for debugging purposes.


title: HISTORY
content:
Slurm (Simple Linux Utility for Resource Management) was originally developed by Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory. <b>slurmd</b> has been a core, fundamental component of the Slurm workload manager since its inception, evolving with the project to support modern cluster architectures and resource management paradigms.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>slurmdbd</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>]<br><br><b>Common Usage:</b><br><b>slurmdbd</b> <b>-D</b><br><b>slurmdbd</b> <b>-f</b> <i>/etc/slurm/custom_slurmdbd.conf</i><br><b>slurmdbd</b> <b>--kill</b>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-D</b>, <b>--daemon</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run the <i>slurmdbd</i> daemon in the background.<br><br><b><b>-f</b> <i>&lt;conf_file&gt;</i>, <b>--conf=</b><i>&lt;conf_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the path to the <i>slurmdbd</i> configuration file. Default is typically <i>/etc/slurm/slurmdbd.conf</i>.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a brief help message and exit.<br><br><b><b>-L</b> <i>&lt;log_file&gt;</i>, <b>--logfile=</b><i>&lt;log_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Path to the log file for <i>slurmdbd</i> messages. This option overrides the <i>LogFile</i> parameter in <i>slurmdbd.conf</i>.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increase the logging verbosity. Can be specified multiple times for more detailed output.<br><br><b><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print version information for <i>slurmdbd</i> and exit.<br><br><b><b>-k</b>, <b>--kill</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instruct a running <i>slurmdbd</i> daemon to shut down cleanly. This is often used for graceful restarts or shutdowns.<br><br><b><b>-i</b>, <b>--init</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initialize or re-initialize the database schema. <b>Use with extreme caution</b> as it can erase existing accounting data if used on a populated database.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i>slurmdbd</i> daemon is a core component of the Slurm Workload Manager, responsible for managing and storing Slurm's accounting and resource utilization data in a database. It serves as an interface for various Slurm client commands like <i>sacct</i> and <i>sreport</i>, allowing users to query job accounting information and generate usage reports.<br><br>It typically connects to a MySQL or MariaDB database and requires proper configuration through the <i>slurmdbd.conf</i> file, specifying database credentials, listening port, and other operational parameters.<br><br>Its primary functions include collecting job records, user and account limits, and historical data, which are crucial for billing, policy enforcement, and historical analysis. The daemon also plays a role in federated Slurm setups, enabling multi-cluster accounting.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li>Requires a properly configured external database (e.g., MySQL, MariaDB) to store accounting data. Database connection issues are common troubleshooting points.</li><li>The <i>slurmdbd.conf</i> file is critical for correct operation; misconfigurations can prevent the daemon from starting or connecting to the database.</li><li>The <b>--init</b> option should be used with extreme care, as it can re-initialize the database schema and potentially erase all existing accounting data.</li><li>Ensure the user running <i>slurmdbd</i> has appropriate permissions to write to log files and access the configuration file.</li></ul>


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
The primary configuration for <i>slurmdbd</i> is managed via the <i>slurmdbd.conf</i> file, typically located in <i>/etc/slurm</i>. This file defines database connection parameters (type, host, port, credentials), logging options, and daemon-specific settings. A correct configuration is paramount for the daemon's functionality.


title: DATABASE REQUIREMENTS
content:
<i>slurmdbd</i> relies on an external SQL database, commonly MySQL or MariaDB, to persist all accounting and historical data. Proper setup of the database server, including user permissions and database creation, is a prerequisite for running <i>slurmdbd</i>.


title: INTERACTIONS
content:
<i>slurmdbd</i> communicates with the <i>slurmctld</i> daemon to receive job completion records and updates. It also serves data to client commands like <i>sacct</i> and <i>sreport</i>, enabling users and administrators to query and report on cluster utilization and job statistics.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>slurmdbd</i> is an integral part of the Slurm Workload Manager, which originated in 2002 as a robust, scalable job scheduler. It was developed to address the growing need for comprehensive accounting, historical data retention, and federated cluster capabilities beyond basic job scheduling. Its evolution has paralleled Slurm's growth, continuously adding features for more complex reporting, user/account limits, and seamless integration into large-scale, multi-cluster environments.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
slurmdbd.conf(5), slurmctld(8), slurmd(8), slurm.conf(5), sacct(1), sreport(1), sview(1), scontrol(1)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-f</b> <i>&lt;config_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the <i>slurmrestd.conf</i> configuration file. If not specified, the default path is used.<br><br><b><b>-D</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Daemonizes the <i>slurmrestd</i> process, detaching it from the controlling terminal and running it in the background.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increases the verbosity of logging output. Can be specified multiple times to further increase verbosity (e.g., -vvv).<br><br><b><b>-L</b> <i>&lt;log_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the log file where <i>slurmrestd</i> will write its output. Overrides the LogFile setting in the configuration.<br><br><b><b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays help information for the command and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>slurmrestd</i> is a daemon that provides a RESTful interface to the Slurm Workload Manager. It enables external applications and services to interact with a Slurm cluster programmatically over HTTP/HTTPS. This includes operations such as submitting jobs, querying job status, retrieving cluster information, managing reservations, and user accounts.<br><br>It acts as a gateway, translating REST requests into Slurm Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs) and vice-versa, thereby facilitating seamless integration with web-based portals, monitoring tools, and other third-party systems. Running <i>slurmrestd</i> enhances automation and accessibility for Slurm environments, allowing for modern, API-driven cluster management.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Security:</b> Proper authentication (e.g., SlurmDBD, JWT) and authorization mechanisms are critical when exposing the REST API. Without appropriate security measures, it poses a significant risk. Ensure firewalls restrict access to authorized clients only.<br><b>Performance:</b> Excessive or inefficient API calls can impact the performance of the Slurm control daemon (<i>slurmctld</i>), as <i>slurmrestd</i> relays requests to it.<br><b>Configuration Dependency:</b> <i>slurmrestd</i> relies heavily on a correctly configured <i>slurmrestd.conf</i> file, and also on the overall <i>slurm.conf</i> setup for cluster operation details.


title: CONFIGURATION
content:
The behavior and operational parameters of <i>slurmrestd</i> are primarily controlled by its dedicated configuration file, <i>slurmrestd.conf</i>. This file specifies crucial settings such as the listening port (e.g., 6820), SSL/TLS settings for secure communication, authentication plugins (e.g., 'jwt', 'slurmdbd'), and various logging options. Proper configuration is vital for its functionality and security.


title: AUTHENTICATION
content:
<i>slurmrestd</i> supports robust authentication mechanisms to secure access to the REST API. Common methods include authentication via the Slurm Database Daemon (<i>slurmdbd</i>), which allows Slurm user credentials to be validated, and JSON Web Tokens (JWT), which provide a stateless, secure way to transmit information between parties. These mechanisms ensure that only authorized users or services can interact with the Slurm cluster through the API.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>slurmrestd</i> was introduced to address the evolving needs of modern HPC environments, providing a programmatic and web-friendly interface to the Slurm Workload Manager. Its development reflects a shift towards API-driven infrastructure management, making Slurm more accessible for integration with web portals, cloud orchestration systems, and other third-party applications, beyond traditional command-line interactions. It aims to simplify automation and improve the user experience for cluster administrators and users alike.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<I>slurmstepd</I> [<B>-D</B>] [<B>-J</B> <I>job_id</I>] [<B>-s</B> <I>step_id</I>] [<B>-c</B> <I>command</I>] [<B>-N</B> <I>node_name</I>] [<B>-W</B> <I>work_dir</I>] [<B>...</B>]<br><br>Note: <I>slurmstepd</I> is an internal Slurm daemon and is not intended for direct user invocation. Its parameters are primarily for internal Slurm communication.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><B>-J</B> <I>job_id</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the Slurm job ID that this step belongs to.<br><br><b><B>-s</B> <I>step_id</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Indicates the unique job step ID within the specified job.<br><br><b><B>-c</B> <I>command</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The command line or executable path that <I>slurmstepd</I> is to execute for this job step.<br><br><b><B>-N</B> <I>node_name</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The name of the compute node where this <I>slurmstepd</I> instance is running.<br><br><b><B>-W</B> <I>work_dir</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the working directory for the job step processes.<br><br><b><B>-u</B> <I>user</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The user ID under which the job step processes should be run.<br><br><b><B>-D</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Detaches <I>slurmstepd</I> from the controlling terminal, running it as a daemon in the background.<br><br><b><B>-V</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the version number of <I>slurmstepd</I> and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>slurmstepd</I> is a critical component of the Slurm Workload Manager, designed to execute and manage individual job steps within an allocated job on a compute node. When a job is submitted and an allocation is granted, <I>slurmstepd</I> is automatically launched by the <I>slurmd</I> daemon (often initiated by <I>srun</I>) for each distinct job step. Its primary responsibilities include launching user tasks (e.g., MPI processes, OpenMP threads), enforcing resource limits (such as CPU, memory, and I/O), managing standard input/output redirection, and meticulously tracking the execution status of the job step. It serves as an essential intermediary between the Slurm controller (<I>slurmctld</I>) and the actual user processes, ensuring that job steps adhere strictly to allocated resources and system policies. Upon completion or failure, <I>slurmstepd</I> is also responsible for proper cleanup and reporting status back to the Slurm daemons.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>slurmstepd</I> is an internal component of the Slurm Workload Manager and is not designed for direct user interaction or manual execution. Attempting to run it manually or interfering with its operation can lead to unpredictable behavior, job failures, or system instability. Its proper functioning relies heavily on the overall Slurm configuration (<I>slurm.conf</I>) and the specific parameters passed to it by other Slurm daemons and client commands.


title: INTERNAL OPERATION
content:
<I>slurmstepd</I> is typically spawned by the <I>slurmd</I> daemon on a compute node in response to a request from <I>srun</I> or an initiated batch job. It then executes the specified user command within the allocated cgroups or process groups, applying all resource limits and tracking progress. It communicates back to <I>slurmd</I> regarding the step's status, resource usage, and completion.


title: LOGGING AND DEBUGGING
content:
Information and errors from <I>slurmstepd</I> are generally logged to the main <I>slurmd</I> log file (configured via <B>LogFile</B> in <I>slurm.conf</I>). For debugging job execution issues, increasing the <B>DebugFlags</B> or <B>SlurmdDebug</B> level in <I>slurm.conf</I> can provide more verbose output from <I>slurmstepd</I> within the <I>slurmd</I> log.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>slurmstepd</I> has been a fundamental part of the Slurm Workload Manager's architecture since its inception. As Slurm evolved from its roots at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory into a widely adopted open-source scheduler, the role of <I>slurmstepd</I> as the dedicated executor for job steps on compute nodes remained central. Its development has mirrored Slurm's advancements, adapting to support features like advanced resource allocation, task plugins, process tracking, and integration with container technologies, all while maintaining its core function of ensuring robust and compliant job step execution.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<I>srun</I>(1), <I>sbatch</I>(1), <I>salloc</I>(1), <I>slurmctld</I>(8), <I>slurmd</I>(8), <I>slurm.conf</I>(5)


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>slurp</b> [<I>-h</I>] [<I>-d</I>] [<I>-o</I>] [<I>-f</I> <I>format</I>] [<I>-b</I> <I>color</I>] [<I>-c</I> <I>color</I>] [<I>-s</I> <I>color</I>] [<I>-w</I> <I>width</I>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b>-d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the current geometry (x,y,w,h) of the currently focused output (monitor) to stdout and exits, without interactive selection. Useful for obtaining full screen dimensions.<br><br><b>-o</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Restricts the interactive selection to a single output (monitor). If the selection starts on one screen, it cannot extend to another.<br><br><b>-f <format></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output format string for the selected region's geometry. Supported placeholders include <b>%x</b> (x-coordinate), <b>%y</b> (y-coordinate), <b>%w</b> (width), and <b>%h</b> (height). The default format is <b>%x,%y,%w,%h</b>.<br><br><b>-b <color></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the background color for the unselected area of the screen during interactive selection. Colors are typically specified in hexadecimal <b>RRGGBBAA</b> format (e.g., <b>00000080</b> for semi-transparent black).<br><br><b>-c <color></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the color of the selection outline or border. Similar to <b>-b</b>, colors are specified in hexadecimal <b>RRGGBBAA</b> format (e.g., <b>FFFFFF</b> for white).<br><br><b>-s <color></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the color of the active selection area while dragging. This color is applied to the region being interactively defined. Uses hexadecimal <b>RRGGBBAA</b> format.<br><br><b>-w <width></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the width of the selection outline in pixels. For example, <b>-w 2</b> would create a 2-pixel wide border.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>slurp</i> is a lightweight command-line utility designed to graphically select a rectangular region on a Wayland compositor. It outputs the coordinates (x, y, width, height) of the selected area to standard output, typically in the format <b>x,y,w,h</b>. This makes it an indispensable tool for scripting, especially when combined with Wayland screenshot utilities like <i>grim</i> to capture specific parts of the display. Users interactively define an area using a mouse or other pointing device, providing a simple yet powerful method for defining screen regions for various tasks. Beyond interactive selection, <i>slurp</i> can also print the geometry of the currently focused output, making it versatile for both dynamic user input and static screen information retrieval.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Wayland-only:</b> <i>slurp</i> is designed exclusively for Wayland compositors and will not function in X11 environments.<br><b>Interactive Requirement:</b> For its primary function of region selection, <i>slurp</i> requires active user interaction via a pointing device (mouse), unless the <b>-d</b> option is used.


title: COMMON USAGE WITH GRIM
content:
One of the most frequent uses of <i>slurp</i> is to pipe its output directly into the <i>grim</i> screenshot utility. The command <b>grim -g "$(slurp)"</b> allows users to interactively select a screen region, and then <i>grim</i> captures only that specific area. This combination is a powerful and flexible way to take targeted screenshots on Wayland.


title: COLOR FORMAT
content:
Colors for options like <b>-b</b>, <b>-c</b>, and <b>-s</b> should be provided in hexadecimal <b>RRGGBBAA</b> format, where <b>RR</b>, <b>GG</b>, <b>BB</b> represent the red, green, and blue components (00-FF), and <b>AA</b> represents the alpha (transparency) component (00-FF). For example, <b>FF0000FF</b> is opaque red, and <b>00000080</b> is semi-transparent black.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>slurp</i> emerged as part of the Wayland ecosystem, specifically to complement screenshot utilities like <i>grim</i>. With the transition from X11 to Wayland, new tools were needed to replicate functionalities such as interactive screen region selection, which were previously handled by X-specific utilities. <i>slurp</i> fills this void, providing a dedicated, lightweight solution that integrates seamlessly with Wayland compositors adhering to the <i>wlroots</i> protocol. Its development reflects the community's effort to build a complete and robust toolset for the modern Linux desktop environment.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>slxdecode</b> [OPTIONS] &lt;input_trace_file&gt;<br><b>slxdecode</b> [OPTIONS] <b>-o</b> &lt;output_file&gt; &lt;input_trace_file&gt;


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays usage information and exits.<br><br><b><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i>&lt;file&gt;</i>, <b>--output</b> <i>&lt;file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output file for the decoded trace. If not specified, output typically goes to standard output (<i>stdout</i>).<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>&lt;file&gt;</i>, <b>--symbols</b> <i>&lt;file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides the path to an ELF or AXF symbol file. This file is crucial for <i>slxdecode</i> to translate raw addresses in the trace into meaningful function names and source code lines.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, providing more detailed information during the decoding process, which can be useful for debugging the decoding itself.<br><br><b><i>&lt;input_trace_file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the raw binary trace file generated by a Silicon Labs debugger. This is a mandatory argument.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>slxdecode</i> is a specialized command-line utility provided as part of the Silicon Labs Tool Kit (<i>sltk</i>). Its primary function is to decode raw trace data generated by Silicon Labs' XAP (eXtended Application Processor) based microcontrollers. These trace files, often captured by hardware debuggers during embedded system development, contain low-level execution information.<br><br><i>slxdecode</i> translates this binary trace data into a human-readable format, typically showing program execution flow, function calls, and data accesses. This tool is invaluable for debugging complex embedded software, performance profiling, and understanding real-time system behavior on Silicon Labs platforms. It often works in conjunction with a symbol file (e.g., an ELF or AXF file) generated by the compiler to provide symbolic information like function names and variable addresses, making the decoded output much more meaningful to developers. Without the <i>slxdecode</i> tool, interpreting raw trace data would be an extremely challenging and time-consuming task.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>slxdecode</i> is highly specific to Silicon Labs XAP architecture trace formats. It will not work with trace files from other architectures (e.g., ARM Cortex-M without Silicon Labs specific extensions, RISC-V) or different tracing methodologies. A suitable symbol file is often required for the decoded output to be fully meaningful, as raw addresses are less useful than symbolic names. The tool's functionality and options might depend on the specific version of the <i>sltk</i> package installed.


title: INPUT TRACE FILE FORMAT
content:
<i>slxdecode</i> expects a proprietary binary trace format generated specifically by Silicon Labs debuggers or trace modules connected to XAP-based MCUs. This format is not openly documented or interchangeable with generic trace formats.


title: SYMBOL FILE IMPORTANCE
content:
While <i>slxdecode</i> can process a trace file without a symbol file, the output will consist primarily of raw hexadecimal addresses. Providing a corresponding ELF or AXF symbol file from the compiled application is crucial for the tool to resolve addresses to function names, line numbers, and variable names, making the trace output readable and actionable for software developers.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>slxdecode</i> has been developed as part of the Silicon Labs ecosystem of development tools, primarily to support the debugging and analysis of software running on their XAP-based microcontrollers. Its evolution is tied to the advancements in Silicon Labs' silicon offerings and debugging probes. It serves as a backend processing tool for the raw trace data captured by their hardware debuggers, enabling developers to gain deeper insights into runtime behavior, which is critical for complex embedded systems. Its continuous development ensures compatibility with new chip revisions and trace formats.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command <I>"sm"</I> is <B>not a standard, universally recognized Linux command-line utility</B> found in common distributions. Unlike commands such as <I>ls</I>, <I>grep</I>, or <I>systemctl</I>, <I>"sm"</I> does not have a predefined function or package that provides it across different systems.<br><br>It is highly probable that <I>"sm"</I> is:<br>- An <B>alias</B> or <B>shell function</B> defined by a user or administrator on a specific system (e.g., in <I>.bashrc</I> or <I>.zshrc</I>).<br>- A <B>custom script</B> named <I>"sm"</I> that exists only on a particular machine.<br>- An abbreviation for a command from a <B>specific application suite</B> that is not part of the core Linux utilities (e.g., a CLI tool for a particular software framework).<br>- A <B>misspelling</B> of a common command (e.g., perhaps intended as <I>"samba"</I> related, <I>"sendmail"</I>, or <I>"smartctl"</I>).<br><br>Without further context, a general analysis of a non-standard command is not possible.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The primary caveat is that <B><I>"sm"</I> is not a standard Linux command</B>. Its behavior, if it exists on a given system, is entirely dependent on how it has been defined (e.g., as an alias, script, or part of a specific software package). Users should check their local shell configurations (<I>~/.bashrc</I>, <I>~/.zshrc</I>, <I>/etc/profile</I>) or system paths (<I>echo $PATH</I> then <I>which sm</I>) to determine its origin and function.


title: CHECKING FOR LOCAL DEFINITION
content:
If <I>"sm"</I> works on your system, you can try commands like <B><I>type sm</I></B> or <B><I>which sm</I></B> in your terminal to see if it's an alias, function, or an executable file. If it's an executable, examine its contents or its manual page (if one exists) for details.


title: HISTORY
content:
N/A: As <I>"sm"</I> is not a standard Linux command, there is no common historical development to document.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>smalltalkci</b> [<i>global_options</i>] <i>command</i> [<i>command_options</i>]<br><b>smalltalkci</b> <b>test</b> [--image <i>IMAGE_NAME</i>] [--baseline <i>BASELINE_NAME</i>] [--dir <i>PATH</i>] ...<br><b>smalltalkci</b> <b>build</b> [--image <i>IMAGE_NAME</i>] [--baseline <i>BASELINE_NAME</i>] [--dir <i>PATH</i>] ...<br><b>smalltalkci</b> <b>install</b> [--image <i>IMAGE_NAME</i>] [--dir <i>PATH</i>] ...<br><b>smalltalkci</b> <b>load</b> [--image <i>IMAGE_NAME</i>] [--baseline <i>BASELINE_NAME</i>] [--dir <i>PATH</i>] ...<br><b>smalltalkci</b> <b>run</b> [--image <i>IMAGE_NAME</i>] [--script <i>SCRIPT_PATH</i>] [--dir <i>PATH</i>] ...


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--image <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the Smalltalk image name and version to use (e.g., <i>Pharo-8.0</i>).<br><br><b>--headless</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs the Smalltalk VM in headless (non-GUI) mode, suitable for CI environments.<br><br><b>--baseline <name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the Metacello baseline to load or test within the Smalltalk image.<br><br><b>--dir <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the working directory for the Smalltalk project. Defaults to the current directory.<br><br><b>--cache-dir <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the directory where Smalltalk images and VMs are cached.<br><br><b>--vm <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides an explicit path to the Smalltalk VM executable.<br><br><b>--fail-on-warnings</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Causes the command to exit with an error code if warnings are encountered during execution.<br><br><b>--ci</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables CI-specific behaviors, often suppressing interactive prompts.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the <i>smalltalkci</i> tool's version information.<br><br><b>--verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increases the verbosity of the output, showing more details about the execution.<br><br><b>--no-cache</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents the use of cached images or VMs, forcing a fresh download.<br><br><b>--github-token <token></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides a GitHub token for accessing private repositories or increasing API limits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>smalltalkci</i> is a command-line interface (CLI) tool designed to streamline the continuous integration (CI) and build processes for Smalltalk projects. It automates common tasks such as running tests, loading project code, and managing Smalltalk virtual machine (VM) images. By providing a unified interface for various Smalltalk dialects (primarily Pharo, Squeak, and GemStone/S), it allows developers to integrate Smalltalk development seamlessly into CI pipelines like GitHub Actions, Travis CI, Jenkins, and GitLab CI. The tool handles the complexities of downloading and caching Smalltalk images and VMs, loading project baselines (often via Metacello), executing tests, and producing consistent results, making it an essential utility for modern Smalltalk development teams adopting automated testing and deployment workflows. It simplifies the setup required for testing across different Smalltalk versions and environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Requires an internet connection for initial image/VM downloads.<br>Relies on Metacello for project loading; projects must be properly configured.<br>Can consume significant disk space due to cached images and VMs.<br>VM and image compatibility: Ensure the specified Smalltalk image is compatible with the underlying VM.


title: SUPPORTED SMALLTALK DIALECTS
content:
<i>smalltalkci</i> primarily supports Pharo, Squeak, and GemStone/S Smalltalk images. Users specify the desired image via the <i>--image</i> option (e.g., <i>Pharo-10.0</i>, <i>Squeak-5.3</i>). The tool intelligently downloads and manages the appropriate VM and image for the specified dialect and version.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
While <i>smalltalkci</i> is primarily controlled via command-line arguments, some advanced configurations or default settings can be managed through environment variables or a <i>.smalltalkci</i> configuration file in the project's root directory, allowing for project-specific overrides.


title: EXIT CODES
content:
<i>smalltalkci</i> returns standard Unix-like exit codes: 0 for success, non-zero for failures. Specific non-zero codes often indicate different types of errors, such as test failures, build errors, or configuration issues, which is crucial for CI pipeline integration.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>smalltalkci</i> emerged from the need to standardize and simplify the continuous integration process for Smalltalk projects. Prior to its development, setting up CI for Smalltalk often involved complex shell scripts tailored to specific Smalltalk dialects and CI systems. It was primarily developed by members of the Hasso Plattner Institute (HPI) Software Architecture Group (SWA) and the Pharo community, aiming to provide a robust, cross-platform solution. Its design principles emphasize ease of use, caching, and compatibility with popular CI services, addressing common challenges like managing different Smalltalk image versions and ensuring consistent test environments. It gained prominence as Smalltalk development embraced modern CI/CD practices.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-a</b>, <b>--all</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Display all S.M.A.R.T. information for the device, including health status, capabilities, attributes, and logs.</i><br><br><b><b>-i</b>, <b>--info</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Show S.M.A.R.T. information, including model, serial number, firmware version, and S.M.A.R.T. support status.</i><br><br><b><b>-H</b>, <b>--health</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Report S.M.A.R.T. health status. Indicates whether the drive's health attributes have exceeded their thresholds.</i><br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--capabilities</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Display S.M.A.R.T. capabilities, such as available self-test types and error logging capabilities.</i><br><br><b><b>-l</b>, <b>--log=TYPE</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Display S.M.A.R.T. logs, including error logs and self-test logs. Types can be 'error', 'selftest', 'ssd', etc.</i><br><br><b><b>-t</b>, <b>--test=TYPE</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Perform a S.M.A.R.T. self-test on the device. Common types include 'short', 'long', 'conveyance', 'offline', 'selective'.</i><br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--smart=on|off</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Enable or disable S.M.A.R.T. functionality on the device.</i><br><br><b><b>-X</b>, <b>--abort</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Abort a currently running S.M.A.R.T. self-test.</i><br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <b>--device=TYPE</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specify the device type (e.g., 'ata', 'scsi', 'sat', 'nvme', 'usbjm', 'auto'). Essential for USB enclosures or RAID controllers.</i><br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--raw</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Display raw S.M.A.R.T. attribute values without additional formatting. Useful for scripting.</i><br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Suppress most output messages, useful when only the exit status is desired.</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>smartctl</b> is a command-line utility from the <i>smartmontools</i> package, used to monitor and control the Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) system built into most modern ATA/SATA and SCSI/SAS hard drives and solid-state drives (SSDs). S.M.A.R.T. allows the drive to report various attributes, such as temperature, read error rate, spin-up time, and reallocated sector counts, which can indicate impending drive failure. <b>smartctl</b> enables users to retrieve these S.M.A.R.T. data, perform self-tests, enable/disable S.M.A.R.T. functionality, and monitor drive health.<br><br>It's a critical tool for preventative maintenance, helping to anticipate and prevent data loss by identifying failing drives before they catastrophically fail. It supports a wide range of drive types and controllers, making it a versatile diagnostic tool for system administrators and users concerned about storage reliability.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>smartctl</b> relies on the drive's built-in S.M.A.R.T. capabilities and a compatible kernel driver. Not all drives or controllers fully support S.M.A.R.T., or they may implement it non-standardly.<br><br>Running self-tests, especially <i>long</i> tests, can take a significant amount of time (hours) and may temporarily impact drive performance.<br><br>Accessing device information and performing actions often requires root privileges.<br><br>Interpreting S.M.A.R.T. attributes requires some understanding; high raw values for certain attributes (e.g., reallocated sectors) typically indicate an issue, while for others (e.g., temperature), a high value might be normal.


title: DEVICE NAMING
content:
<i>Devices are typically specified as <b>/dev/sdX</b> for SATA/SAS/SCSI drives (e.g., <b>/dev/sda</b>, <b>/dev/sdb</b>), or <b>/dev/nvmeXnY</b> for NVMe drives (e.g., <b>/dev/nvme0n1</b>). When using <b>smartctl</b> with USB enclosures or RAID controllers, the <b>-d</b> option is crucial to specify the correct device type (e.g., <b>-d sat</b>, <b>-d usbjm</b>, <b>-d megaraid</b>).</i>


title: INTERPRETING S.M.A.R.T. ATTRIBUTES
content:
<b>smartctl</b> outputs a table of attributes, each with an ID, current value, worst value, threshold, type (pre-fail or old-age), updated status, and raw value. Attributes marked as 'Pre-fail' are critical and indicate an immediate problem if their 'Value' drops below 'Thresh'. 'Old-age' attributes indicate normal wear and tear but can still signal a problem if they accumulate rapidly or reach concerning raw values. Understanding these values is key to proactive drive maintenance.


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
<b>smartctl</b> provides meaningful exit status codes that are useful for scripting and automation. For example, an exit status of <b>0</b> typically means no errors were found, while non-zero codes can indicate S.M.A.R.T. health failures, command errors, or a self-test in progress. This allows <b>smartctl</b> to be integrated into automated monitoring and alerting systems.


title: HISTORY
content:
S.M.A.R.T. technology was collaboratively developed by major hard drive manufacturers in the mid-1990s to provide early warning of impending disk failures. The <i>smartmontools</i> project, which includes <b>smartctl</b> and <b>smartd</b>, was initiated to provide open-source tools for interacting with this technology on Linux and other Unix-like operating systems.<br><br>It has been continuously developed since its inception, adding support for new drive interfaces (SATA, SAS, NVMe), controllers, and specific vendor implementations of S.M.A.R.T., making it a robust and widely adopted utility for disk health monitoring.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>smbclient</b> <i>//server/share</i> [<i>password</i>] [<i>options</i>]<br><b>smbclient</b> <i>-L //server</i> [<i>options</i>]<br><b>smbclient</b> <i>-M netbios_name</i> [<i>options</i>]<br>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>//server/share</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the target SMB/CIFS share. This is the primary argument for accessing a specific share.<br><br><b><i>-L //server</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists the shares available on a specified SMB/CIFS server.<br><br><b><i>-U username[%password]</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the username and optionally the password for authentication. If the password is not provided here, it will be prompted interactively.<br><br><b><i>-W workgroup</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the workgroup or domain for authentication.<br><br><b><i>-N</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses the password prompt, useful for shares that do not require authentication.<br><br><b><i>-A authfile</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads authentication credentials (username, password, domain) from a specified file, improving security over typing passwords on the command line.<br><br><b><i>-c 'command_string'</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes a specified command string directly in non-interactive mode. Useful for scripting single operations like `get file.txt` or `ls`.<br><br><b><i>-I ip_address</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the IP address of the server to connect to, bypassing name resolution.<br><br><b><i>-p port</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the TCP port number to connect to (default is 445 or 139).<br><br><b><i>-T <c|x> tarfile</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables tar backup mode. `c` for create (backup), `x` for extract (restore) to/from a tar file. Used for backing up or restoring entire directories.<br><br><b><i>-D directory</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Changes the current working directory on the remote share immediately after connection.<br><br><b><i>-M netbios_name</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sends a message to another NetBIOS client or server.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>smbclient</b> is a powerful command-line utility within the Samba suite that allows Unix/Linux systems to interact with SMB/CIFS network shares. These shares are commonly found on Windows servers, other Samba servers, or network-attached storage (NAS) devices. It acts as an FTP-like client, enabling users to list share contents, download files, upload files, create directories, and perform other file management operations remotely. <b>smbclient</b> supports both interactive and non-interactive modes, making it suitable for scripting automated tasks as well as direct user interaction. It's an essential tool for cross-platform file sharing and system administration in mixed environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>smbclient</b> requires proper network connectivity and correct credentials to access remote shares. Entering passwords directly on the command line using <i>-U username%password</i> can be a security risk as it exposes credentials in process lists and shell history; using the <i>-A</i> option with an authentication file is generally preferred for security. The behavior can also be influenced by the server's SMB protocol version and encryption settings. Users must have appropriate permissions on the remote share to perform operations like file uploads or deletions.


title: INTERACTIVE VS. NON-INTERACTIVE MODE
content:
When connecting to a share without the <i>-c</i> option, <b>smbclient</b> enters an interactive prompt similar to an FTP client, allowing users to type commands like <i>ls</i>, <i>get</i>, <i>put</i>, <i>cd</i>, and <i>exit</i>. Using the <i>-c</i> option enables non-interactive mode, where a single command string is executed, making it ideal for scripting automated tasks without user intervention.


title: TAR BACKUP MODE
content:
The <i>-T</i> option transforms <b>smbclient</b> into a powerful backup and restore tool for network shares. It allows creating a tar archive of a remote directory (<i>-T c tarfile</i>) or extracting files from a local tar archive onto a remote share (<i>-T x tarfile</i>), providing an efficient way to manage large sets of files for backup purposes.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>smbclient</b> is an integral part of the Samba project, which began in 1992. Samba was developed to enable Unix and Linux systems to seamlessly interoperate with Microsoft Windows networks, specifically to provide file and print services compatible with the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol, later renamed Common Internet File System (CIFS). <b>smbclient</b> emerged as the command-line utility for Unix-like systems to act as clients in these SMB/CIFS environments, offering a robust way to access and manage network resources shared by Windows machines or other Samba servers. Its development has mirrored the evolution of the SMB/CIFS protocol itself, adapting to new features and security enhancements over decades.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
The `smbclient.py` script is typically invoked with the target's credentials and address, followed by optional parameters and commands.<br><br><b><I>Common Usage (if script is in PATH or directly executed):</I></b><br>`smbclient.py [[<I>domain</I>/]<I>username</I>[:<I>password</I>]@]<I>target</I> [-<I>options</I>] [<I>command</I>]`<br><br><b><I>Example with target and options:</I></b><br>`smbclient.py administrator:password@192.168.1.100 -shares`<br>`smbclient.py administrator@server.domain.com -hashes :<I>NTHASH</I> -c 'dir \\SHARE\path'`


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--help</b>, <b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>-target-ip <I>IP</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the IP address of the target machine. Useful when hostname resolution fails or is not desired.<br><br><b><b>-port <I>PORT</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the SMB port to connect to (default is 445).<br><br><b><b>-shares</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists the available shares on the target system.<br><br><b><b>-dc-ip <I>IP</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;IP address of the Domain Controller to be used for authentication (primarily with Kerberos).<br><br><b><b>-hashes <I>LMHASH:NTHASH</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses LM and NT hashes for NTLM authentication (pass-the-hash).<br><br><b><b>-no-pass</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not ask for a password (useful when using <b>-hashes</b> or if the user has no password).<br><br><b><b>-k</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses Kerberos authentication instead of NTLM.<br><br><b><b>-aesKey <I>key</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;AES key to use for Kerberos authentication.<br><br><b><b>-file <I>FILE</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a local file for upload/download operations.<br><br><b><b>-c <I>COMMANDS</I></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes one or more commands remotely on the specified share (e.g., 'dir', 'get file.txt', 'put local.txt').<br><br><b><b>-debug</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Turns on debug output, providing more verbose information about the connection and operations.<br><br><b><b>-shell</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enters an interactive SMB shell after connecting.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>smbclient.py</b> script is a powerful Python-based command-line utility, part of the widely-used <i>Impacket</i> library. It functions as a robust SMB/CIFS client, enabling users to interact with Windows (and Samba) file shares and services over the network. Unlike the traditional C-based <i>smbclient</i>, <b>smbclient.py</b> is written entirely in Python, offering greater flexibility and programmatic control, especially for security-related tasks.<br><br>Its primary uses include listing available shares on a target, navigating remote file systems, uploading and downloading files, and in some contexts, facilitating remote command execution (often in conjunction with other Impacket tools like <i>smbexec.py</i>). It supports various authentication methods, including traditional username/password, NTLM hashes (for pass-the-hash attacks), and Kerberos, making it an indispensable tool for penetration testers, security researchers, and system administrators managing heterogeneous environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li>Requires the <i>Impacket</i> Python library to be installed and accessible. It is not a standard system utility.</li><li>Primarily designed for security testing and network forensics; misuse can lead to unauthorized access or system disruption.</li><li>Network connectivity to the target's SMB port (typically 445) is essential, and firewalls may block access.</li><li>Proper authentication credentials or hashes are required for most operations.</li></ul>


title: INTERACTIVE SHELL MODE
content:
Beyond executing single commands, <b>smbclient.py</b> can launch an interactive shell (via the <b>-shell</b> option). This allows users to browse directories, manage files (get, put, delete), and execute various SMB-specific commands in a session-based manner, similar to a traditional FTP client.


title: FLEXIBLE AUTHENTICATION
content:
The script offers highly flexible authentication options. Users can provide a clear-text password, but critically, it also supports 'pass-the-hash' attacks using NTLM hashes (via the <b>-hashes</b> option) and Kerberos authentication (via the <b>-k</b> option), making it extremely versatile for different security scenarios where traditional password access might not be available or desired.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>smbclient.py</b> is a core component of the open-source <i>Impacket</i> library, which was originally developed by Core Security Technologies (now Corelight). The project began with a focus on providing Python implementations of various network protocols, including SMB/CIFS, for security research and penetration testing purposes. Over the years, <i>Impacket</i> and its tools like <b>smbclient.py</b> have continuously evolved to support new protocol features, security enhancements, and advanced authentication mechanisms (such as NTLMv2, pass-the-hash, and Kerberos), becoming a cornerstone utility in the offensive security community for interacting with Windows environments.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>smbcquotas</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] &lt;smb://server/share&gt;<br><b>smbcquotas</b> <b>-U</b> &lt;username&gt;[%&lt;password&gt;] [<b>-W</b> &lt;workgroup&gt;] [<b>-N</b>] &lt;smb://server/share&gt;


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>smb://server/share</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The target SMB URL specifying the server and share to query. This is a mandatory argument.<br><br><b>-U <username>[%<password>] or --user=<username>[%<password>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the username and optionally the password for authentication.<br><br><b>-P <password> or --password=<password></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the password to use. This overrides a password provided with <b>-U</b>.<br><br><b>-W <workgroup> or --workgroup=<workgroup></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the workgroup or domain to authenticate against.<br><br><b>-N or --no-pass</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies that no password should be asked for (e.g., for anonymous access).<br><br><b>-d <level> or --debuglevel=<level></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the debug level (0-10) for logging, controlling the verbosity of output.<br><br><b>-s <filename> or --configfile=<filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative Samba configuration file to use instead of the default.<br><br><b>-l <log filename> or --logfile=<log filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the log file name for debug messages.<br><br><b>-V or --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the program version number and exits.<br><br><b>-S <servername> or --servername=<servername></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the server name to connect to explicitly.<br><br><b>-R or --resolve-routing</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resolve the server name with routing information.<br><br><b>-i <IP address> or --ipaddress=<IP address></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connect to the specified IP address instead of resolving the server name.<br><br><b>-p <port number> or --port=<port number></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connect to the specified TCP port number (default is 445 or 139).<br><br><b>-I <IP address> or --target-ip=<IP address></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the target IP address to connect to.<br><br><b>--option=<name>=<value></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a <i>smb.conf</i> option directly, overriding default or configuration file settings.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>smbcquotas</i> is a command-line utility from the Samba suite that allows administrators to query disk quota information on remote Samba, SMB, or CIFS network shares. It communicates with the specified server and share to retrieve details such as user, group, and project quota limits, current usage, and grace periods. This tool is essential for managing storage resources and enforcing disk usage policies in environments where Windows or Samba file servers are used. It can report on various metrics including block usage, inode usage, and their respective soft and hard limits.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>smbcquotas</i> relies on the remote Samba/Windows server supporting quota information retrieval via SMB/CIFS protocols; not all servers or configurations might expose this data. The command typically requires appropriate authentication and permissions on the target share to query quota information. The output format can be verbose, requiring careful parsing for automated scripts. Authentication issues are common; ensure the correct username, password, and workgroup/domain are provided. Different versions of Samba might expose slightly different options or output formats.


title: QUOTA TYPES REPORTED
content:
<i>smbcquotas</i> typically reports three types of quotas: User quotas (limits per individual user), Group quotas (limits for users belonging to a specific group), and Project quotas (limits for specific project directories or resource groups, often used in Windows environments). The command attempts to retrieve all available types from the server.


title: OUTPUT DETAILS
content:
For each quota entry, <i>smbcquotas</i> provides detailed metrics including the filesystem, type of quota, UUID, block size, total/free/used blocks, percentage used, quota usage, soft/hard limits for blocks and inodes, and grace times before limits are enforced. This comprehensive output allows for detailed analysis of storage consumption on remote SMB shares.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>smbcquotas</i> is a component of the Samba suite, which has been under continuous development since the early 1990s. As network file sharing evolved and disk quotas became a standard feature on Windows servers, <i>smbcquotas</i> was developed to provide a native Linux command-line tool for querying these remote quota details. Its inclusion in the Samba client tools makes it an indispensable utility for administering file shares in heterogeneous networks, mirroring functionality available in Windows environments.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>smbd</i> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-o <I>socket options</I>] [-P] [-p <I>port number</I>] [-s <I>configuration file</I>] [-V] [-b]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-D</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run as a <I>daemon</I>. This is the default behavior when <i>smbd</i> is started normally and not via <i>inetd</i> or similar service managers.<br><br><b>-F</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run in the <I>foreground</I>. This option prevents the process from detaching from the controlling terminal, making it useful for debugging or when running <i>smbd</i> under a process supervisor like <i>systemd</i>.<br><br><b>-S</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run as a <I>single process</I> instead of forking a new one for each client connection. This mode is primarily intended for debugging and testing purposes.<br><br><b>-i</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run in <I>interactive mode</I>. This option is largely deprecated and may not be fully functional or supported in newer versions of Samba.<br><br><b>-o <I>socket options</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set specific <I>socket options</I> for the listening socket. Options are provided as a comma-separated list, affecting network communication behavior.<br><br><b>-P</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not daemonize. Similar in effect to <i>-F</i>, but generally deprecated in favor of using <i>-F</i> for foreground operation.<br><br><b>-p <I>port number</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Listen on the specified <I>port number</I> instead of the default SMB ports (139 and 445). Useful for testing or running multiple Samba instances.<br><br><b>-s <I>configuration file</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the <I>path to the Samba configuration file</I> (<i>smb.conf</i>) to use. If not specified, <i>smbd</i> defaults to a standard system-wide path (e.g., <i>/etc/samba/smb.conf</i>).<br><br><b>-V</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the <I>Samba version number</I> to standard output and then exit.<br><br><b>-b</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print <I>Samba build options</I> to standard output and then exit. This provides details about how the Samba binary was compiled.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>smbd</i> is the server daemon that provides <B>file sharing</B> and <B>print services</B> to SMB/CIFS clients. It operates as a core component of the Samba suite, enabling Linux and Unix-like systems to function as Windows file and print servers.<br><br>The daemon handles client connections, authenticating users, managing access to shared resources (directories and printers), and facilitating data transfer. For each client connection, <i>smbd</i> typically forks a new process to handle the request. Its behavior and the resources it shares are primarily defined by the <i>smb.conf</i> configuration file.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Proper and secure operation of <i>smbd</i> relies heavily on a correctly configured <i>smb.conf</i> file, which dictates shared resources, authentication, and security.<br>Network security is crucial; ensure firewalls are configured to allow necessary SMB/CIFS ports (typically 139/TCP, 445/TCP) only from trusted networks or hosts.<br>File system permissions on shared directories must be meticulously set to grant appropriate access to Samba users.<br>Performance can be sensitive to network latency, disk I/O capabilities, and overall server hardware specifications.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
<i>smbd</i>'s entire operational behavior, including which directories and printers are shared, user authentication methods, logging levels, and security settings, is controlled by the <B><i>smb.conf</i></B> file. This file is typically located at <i>/etc/samba/smb.conf</i> or <i>/usr/local/samba/etc/smb.conf</i>. Any modifications to this file usually require reloading or restarting the <i>smbd</i> service for the changes to take effect.


title: LOGGING
content:
<i>smbd</i> generates detailed logs that are indispensable for troubleshooting and monitoring the service. The paths and verbosity of these logs are configured within the <i>smb.conf</i> file, allowing administrators to control the amount of information recorded, which is vital for diagnosing connection issues, permission errors, or other operational failures.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>smbd</i> is a foundational component of the <B>Samba project</B>, which was initiated by Andrew Tridgell in 1992. The project's primary aim was to create an open-source implementation of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol, later known as Common Internet File System (CIFS), allowing Unix-like systems to seamlessly interoperate with Microsoft Windows networks for file and print sharing. Over the decades, <i>smbd</i> (and the entire Samba suite) has undergone continuous development, adapting to new Windows features, protocol versions, and security standards, evolving into a robust and widely adopted solution for cross-platform networking.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>smbget</b> [<I>options</I>] <I>smb://[[&lt;domain&gt;;]&lt;username&gt;[:&lt;password&gt;]@]&lt;server&gt;[/&lt;share&gt;[/&lt;path/to/file&gt;]]</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-a</b>, <I>--archive</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Only retrieve files with the archive bit set on the source.<br><br><b><b>-E</b>, <I>--delete-source</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Delete the source file on the SMB share after successful transfer.<br><br><b><b>-L</b>, <I>--list</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List the contents of the specified SMB directory without downloading any files.<br><br><b><b>-P</b>, <I>--preserve-times</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preserve the modification times of the retrieved files, setting them to match the source.<br><br><b><b>-R</b>, <I>--recursive</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively download files and subdirectories from the specified SMB share.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <I>password</I>, <I>--password</I>=<I>password</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the password for authentication. If not provided, <b>smbget</b> might prompt for it interactively.<br><br><b><b>-U</b> <I>username</I>, <I>--user</I>=<I>username</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the username for authentication when connecting to the SMB share.<br><br><b><b>-W</b> <I>workgroup</I>, <I>--workgroup</I>=<I>workgroup</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the workgroup or domain for the user account used for authentication.<br><br><b><b>-N</b>, <I>--no-pass</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <b>smbget</b> from asking for a password, useful for anonymous or guest access.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <I>--verbose</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increases the verbosity of <b>smbget</b>'s output, showing more details about the transfer process.<br><br><b><b>-X</b>, <I>--anonymous</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempts to connect to the SMB share using anonymous (guest) access.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>smbget</b> is a command-line tool included in the Samba suite, designed to download files or entire directories from an SMB/CIFS network share. It functions similarly to <I>wget</I> but is tailored specifically for the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol, widely used by Microsoft Windows for file sharing. <b>smbget</b> supports various authentication methods, including username/password, and can connect to shares using either the server's IP address or hostname.<br><br>It's particularly useful for scripting and automation, allowing administrators and users to programmatically fetch content from Windows file servers or Samba shares without needing a graphical interface. It handles common SMB features like NTLM authentication, anonymous access, and can specify the workgroup or domain. Its simple syntax makes it efficient for quick file transfers in heterogeneous network environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Providing sensitive information like passwords directly on the command line using <I><b>-p</b></I> or within the URL can be a security risk, as it may be visible in process lists (<I>ps</I>) or command history. <b>smbget</b> does not inherently support resuming interrupted downloads, unlike tools such as <I>wget</I>. Its functionality for MD5 verification is dependent on the SMB server's support for the feature. Performance can vary significantly based on network conditions and server capabilities.


title: SMB URL SYNTAX
content:
The <I>SMB_URL</I> is the primary way to specify the target resource for <b>smbget</b>. Its general format is: <br> <I>smb://[[&lt;domain&gt;;]&lt;username&gt;[:&lt;password&gt;]@]&lt;server&gt;[/&lt;share&gt;[/&lt;path/to/file&gt;]]</I>.<br> <I>&lt;server&gt;</I> can be an IP address or hostname. <I>&lt;share&gt;</I> is the name of the shared resource, and <I>&lt;path/to/file&gt;</I> specifies the exact file or directory within that share. While user credentials (<I>username</I>, <I>password</I>, <I>domain</I>) can be embedded directly in the URL, using command-line options (<I><b>-U</b></I>, <I><b>-p</b></I>, <I><b>-W</b></I>) or allowing <b>smbget</b> to prompt for them is generally considered more secure.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>smbget</b> is an integral part of the Samba suite, a project initiated in 1992. It was developed to provide a command-line interface for retrieving files from SMB/CIFS shares, mirroring the utility of tools like <I>wget</I> but specifically for the SMB protocol. This enabled non-interactive and scriptable file transfers from Windows and Samba servers. As the SMB protocol evolved with versions like SMB2 and SMB3, <b>smbget</b>'s underlying Samba libraries have been continuously updated to support these advancements, ensuring its relevance and functionality in modern heterogeneous network environments. It remains a vital tool for automated file operations in Linux/Unix systems interacting with Windows file shares.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>smbmap</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <i>TARGET</i><br><b>smbmap</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <b>-H</b> <i>TARGETS_FILE</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>TARGET</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The IP address or hostname of the target SMB server to scan.<br><br><b><b>-H</b> <i>TARGETS_FILE</i>, <b>--host-file</b> <i>TARGETS_FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a file containing a list of target IP addresses or hostnames, one per line, to scan.<br><br><b><b>-u</b> <i>USERNAME</i>, <b>--user</b> <i>USERNAME</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides the username for authentication to the SMB server. If omitted, a NULL session (anonymous) attempt is made.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i>PASSWORD</i>, <b>--password</b> <i>PASSWORD</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the password for authentication. If omitted and a username is provided, it prompts for the password or attempts a blank password.<br><br><b><b>-d</b> <i>DOMAIN</i>, <b>--domain</b> <i>DOMAIN</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the domain for authentication (e.g., WORKGROUP or a specific Windows domain).<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>PORT</i>, <b>--port</b> <i>PORT</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the destination TCP port for the SMB connection (default is 445).<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--recursive</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively lists the contents of identified readable shares. This can be time-consuming on large shares.<br><br><b><b>-R</b> <i>SHARE</i>, <b>--recursive-share</b> <i>SHARE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Recursively lists the contents of a specific share, rather than all shares.<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>SHARE</i>, <b>--share</b> <i>SHARE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a particular share to interact with (e.g., for file operations or command execution) instead of listing all shares.<br><br><b><b>-x</b> <i>COMMAND</i>, <b>--exec</b> <i>COMMAND</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempts to execute a specified command on a writeable share. This often requires write permissions and might use methods like <i>WMIC</i> or <i>psexec</i>-like functionality for remote execution.<br><br><b><b>-U</b> <i>LOCAL_PATH</i>, <b>--upload</b> <i>LOCAL_PATH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the local path of a file to upload to the remote SMB share. Requires <b>-s</b> and <b>-D</b>.<br><br><b><b>-D</b> <i>REMOTE_PATH</i>, <b>--download</b> <i>REMOTE_PATH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the remote path of a file to download from the SMB share, or the remote destination for an upload. Requires <b>-s</b> and <b>-U</b> (for upload) or a local destination for download.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses output messages, displaying only critical information or errors.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increases the verbosity level of output, providing more detailed information about the scan process.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>smbmap</b> is a powerful Python-based tool designed for enumerating and interacting with Server Message Block (SMB) shares on remote hosts. It provides a quick and efficient way to identify accessible shares, determine their permissions (read, write, list), and perform various operations like listing directory contents, downloading files, uploading files, and executing commands (if writeable shares allow).<br><br>Often utilized in network reconnaissance and penetration testing, <b>smbmap</b> helps security professionals and administrators discover exposed data or potential vulnerabilities related to misconfigured SMB shares. It supports authentication via username/password, domain credentials, and can be used to scan single targets or multiple targets from a file. Its straightforward interface makes it a go-to utility for gaining initial insights into SMB services on a network.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Firewall rules or network access controls on the target system can prevent <b>smbmap</b> from successfully connecting or enumerating shares.<br>Authentication attempts, especially brute-force or spraying, can lead to account lockouts on the target domain.<br>The command execution functionality (<b>-x</b>) relies on specific conditions, such as writeable shares and potentially the availability of certain remote execution methods, which might not always be present or allowed.<br>Antivirus or intrusion detection systems (IDS/IPS) may flag <b>smbmap</b>'s activity as suspicious, especially during extensive scans or attempts at command execution.


title: PERMISSIONS DISPLAY
content:
<b>smbmap</b> clearly indicates the permissions for each discovered share, typically showing 'READ', 'WRITE', and 'LIST' capabilities. This immediate visual feedback helps users quickly assess potential data exposure or opportunities for interaction.


title: FILE OPERATIONS
content:
Beyond mere enumeration, <b>smbmap</b> provides direct capabilities for file interaction. Users can download specific files from readable shares using the <b>-D</b> option, or upload files to writeable shares using the <b>-U</b> option, facilitating data exfiltration or payload delivery.


title: REMOTE COMMAND EXECUTION
content:
When specific conditions are met on a writeable share (e.g., misconfigurations allowing certain remote service interactions), <b>smbmap</b> can attempt to execute arbitrary commands on the target system using the <b>-x</b> option. This feature is highly potent for gaining a foothold or further compromising a system.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>smbmap</b> is part of the <i>impacket</i> library, a powerful collection of Python classes developed by SecureAuth (formerly Core Security). <i>impacket</i> focuses on providing programmatic access to network protocols, particularly SMB/MIME, and has become a staple in the cybersecurity community for network penetration testing, forensics, and vulnerability research. <b>smbmap</b> itself emerged as a dedicated tool for SMB share enumeration, building upon <i>impacket</i>'s robust SMB protocol implementation. Its development has been driven by the need for a reliable and flexible utility to quickly assess the security posture of SMB services.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>mountpoint</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The directory where the SMB/CIFS network view will be mounted. This directory must exist.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i>option</i>[,<i>option</i>...]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies various mount options, separated by commas. Common options include authentication details and permissions.<br><br><b><b>username=</b><i>&lt;user&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the username to use for authentication when connecting to SMB/CIFS shares.<br><br><b><b>password=</b><i>&lt;pass&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the password for the given username. It's generally not recommended to provide passwords directly on the command line for security reasons.<br><br><b><b>uid=</b><i>&lt;id&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the user ID that owns all files and directories in the mounted filesystem. This can be a numeric ID or a username.<br><br><b><b>gid=</b><i>&lt;id&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the group ID that owns all files and directories in the mounted filesystem. This can be a numeric ID or a group name.<br><br><b><b>file_mode=</b><i>&lt;mode&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the octal permissions for all files within the mounted filesystem (e.g., <b>0777</b>).<br><br><b><b>dir_mode=</b><i>&lt;mode&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the octal permissions for all directories within the mounted filesystem (e.g., <b>0777</b>).<br><br><b><b>ip=</b><i>&lt;ip_address&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the IP address of a specific SMB/CIFS server to browse, rather than discovering all servers on the network.<br><br><b><b>netbios=</b><i>&lt;netbios_name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the NetBIOS name of a specific SMB/CIFS server to browse.<br><br><b><b>workgroup=</b><i>&lt;name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a particular workgroup to browse, limiting discovery to servers within that group.<br><br><b><b>debug</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose debugging output, printing diagnostic messages to the console or system logs.<br><br><b><b>allow_other</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows users other than the mounting user to access the mounted filesystem. This is a standard FUSE option.<br><br><b><b>ro</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mounts the filesystem in read-only mode, preventing any write operations.<br><br><b><b>rw</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Mounts the filesystem in read-write mode. This is the default behavior.<br><br><b><b>nonempty</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows mounting the filesystem over a directory that is not empty. Existing content will be hidden until unmounted. This is a standard FUSE option.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Verbose output (equivalent to <b>-o debug</b>).<br><br><b><b>-s</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operate in single-threaded mode (less common, usually for debugging).<br><br><b><b>-h</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help message and exit.<br><br><b><b>-V</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information and exit.<br><br>


